Downer EDI Limited/Announcement
Downer EDI Limited logo

Annual Report to shareholders

Annual Report21 August 2019DOWIndustrials

Page 1 of 1

22 August 2019



Company Announcements Office

ASX Limited

Exchange Centre

Level 4, 20 Bridge Street

SYDNEY NSW 2000




Dear Sir/Madam


Please find attached the following documents:

1. Appendix 4E – results for announcement to the market for the year ended 30 June 2019;

2. 2019 Annual Report;

3. Market release dated 22 August 2019;

4. Investor Presentation; and

5. Appendix 4G – Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Principles and

Recommendations.


Yours sincerely,

Downer EDI Limited


Robert Regan

Company Secretary


Downer EDI Limited

ABN 97 003 872 848

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

1800 DOW NER

www.downergroup.com

Results for announcement to the market
for the year ended 30 June 2019

Appendix 4E

2019

2018

%

$'m

$'m

change

Revenue from ordinary activities12,789.4 12,016.6

Other income23.3 14.3

Total revenue and other income from ordinary activities12,812.7 12,030.9 6.5%

Total revenue including joint ventures and other income 13,448.3 12,620.2 6.6%

462.2 204.8 125.7%

532.6 271.5 96.2%

261.8 71.4 266.7%

325.6 117.9 176.2%

2019

2018

%

cents

cents

change

Basic earnings per share42.9 10.7 300.9%

Diluted earnings per share

(i)

42.3 10.7 295.3%

Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share(13.5)26.0 (151.9%)

(i)

At 30 June 2018, the ROADS are deemed anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at 10.7 cents per share.

Dividend20192018

FinalFinal

Dividend per share (cents)14.014.0

Franked amount per share (cents)7.07.0

Conduit foreign income (CFI)50%50%

Dividend record date4/09/201930/08/2018

Dividend payable date2/10/201927/09/2018

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)4.18 4.01

New Zealand imputation credit percentage per ROADS 100%100%

ROADS payment dateQuarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4

Instalment date FY201917/09/201817/12/201815/03/201917/06/2019

Instalment date FY201815/09/201715/12/201715/03/201815/06/2018

For commentary on the results for the year and review of operations, please refer to the Directors' Report and separate

media release attached.

Earnings before interest and tax

Profit from ordinary activities after tax before amortisation of acquired

intangible assets (NPATA)

Downer EDI's Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) has been suspended.

Earnings before interest and tax and amortisation of acquired intangible

assets (EBITA)

Profit from ordinary activities after tax attributable to members of the

parent entity

Annual
Report

2019

This Annual Report includes
the Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report, the

Annual Financial Report and

Independent Audit Report

for the financial year ended

30 June 2019. The Annual

Report is available on

the Downer website

www.downergroup.com.

Annual Report 2019 1
Contents

Highlights

Page 2

Directors’ Report

Page 4

Auditor’s signed reports

Page 53 Auditor’s Independence Declaration

Page 54 Independent Auditor’s Report

Financial Statements

Page 62 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Page 63 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Page 64 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Page 65 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A

About this

report

Page 66-67

B

Business

performance

Page 68-79

C

Operating assets

and liabilities

Page 80-90

D

Employee

benefits

Page 91

E

Capital structure

and financing

Page 92-99

F

Group

structure

Page 100-110

G

Other

Page 111-124

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation

of cash and

cash equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Revenue

C2

Trade receivables

and contract assets

D2

Key management

personnel

compensation

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Acquisition of

businesses

G2

Capital and financial

risk management

B3

Earnings per share

C3

Inventories

D3

Employee discount

share plan

E3

Commitments

F3

Disposal of

business

G3

Other financial

assets and liabilities

B4

Taxation

C4

Trade payables and

contract liabilities

E4

Issued capital

F4

Controlled entities

B5

Remuneration

of auditors

C5

Property, plant

and equipment

E5

Non-controlling

interest (NCI)

F5

Related party

information

B6

Subsequent events

C6

Intangible assets

E6

Reserves

F6

Parent entity

disclosures

C7

Finance lease

receivables

E7

Dividends

C8

Provisions

C9

Contingent

liabilities

Page 125 Directors’ Declaration

Other information

Page 126 Sustainability Performance Summary 2019

Page 131 Corporate Governance

Page 142 Information for Investors

2 Downer EDI Limited
Highlights

Total

Revenue

$13,448.3m

6.6% increase to

Underlying

1


EBITA Margin

4.2%

0.4% increase to

$340.1m

14.7% increase to

Operating

Cash Flow

$630.2m

8.0% increase to

Downer’s results for the 2019 financial year featured good revenue

growth, a strong increase in earnings, and an improved Group margin.

Cash performance remains strong, predictable and reliable with Group

cash flow conversion of 89.0% of EBITDA. Statutory NPATA increased

from $117.9 million to $325.6 million, while underlying

1

NPATA was

$340.1 million, 14.7% higher than the prior corresponding period.

1 Underlying EBITA and NPATA are non-IFRS measures that are used by Management to assess the performance of the business. They have been calculated from the

statutory measures by adding back the Murra Warra wind farm loss of $45.0 million ($31.5 million after-tax) and deducting the fair value gain on revaluation of the existing

interest in the Downer Mouchel JV ($17.0 million; $17.0 million after-tax).

Underlying

1


N PATA

Annual Report 2019 3
Urban

Services

Mining, Energy and

Industrial Services

83% of EBITA17% of EBITA

76% Revenue

5.4% EBITA margin

24% Revenue

3.5% EBITA margin

EBITA by Services

Transport 36.8%

Utilities 20.6%

Mining 11.6%

EC&M 5.1%

Facilities 25.9%

Transport

Utilities

Facilities

Mining

Engineering, Construction

and Maintenance

Urban services now

represents 83% of

Downer’s EBITA

4 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report

for the year ended 30 June 2019

The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the Annual

Financial Report of the Company for the financial year

ended 30 June 2019. In compliance with the provisions

of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the Directors’ Report

is set out below.

Board of Directors

R M HARDING (70)

Chairman since November 2010, Independent

Non-executive Director since July 2008

Mr Harding has held management positions around the world

with British Petroleum (BP), including President and General

Manager of BP Exploration Australia.

Mr Harding is currently the Chairman of Lynas Limited and

Horizon Oil Limited and a Director of Cleanaway Waste

Management Limited. He is a former Chairman of Roc Oil

Company Limited, Clough Limited and ARC Energy Limited and

a former Director of Santos Limited.

Mr Harding holds a Masters in Science, majoring in

Mechanical Engineering.

Mr Harding lives in Sydney.

G A FENN (54)

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer since

July 2010

Mr Fenn has over 30 years’ experience in operational

management, strategic development and financial management.

He joined Downer in October 2009 as Chief Financial Officer and

was appointed Chief Executive Officer in July 2010.

He was previously a member of the Qantas Executive

Committee, holding a number of senior roles over 14 years,

as well as Chairman of Star Track Express and a Director of

Australian Air Express. He worked at KPMG for eight years

before he joined Qantas.

Mr Fenn is currently a Director of Sydney Airport Limited and

Spotless Group Holdings Limited and a Member of the UTS

Engineering and IT Industry Advisory Board.

Mr Fenn holds a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie

University and is a member of the Australian Institute of

Chartered Accountants.

Mr Fenn lives in Sydney.

S A CHAPLAIN (61)

Independent Non-executive Director since July 2008

Ms Chaplain is a former investment banker with extensive

experience in public and private sector debt financing. She also

has considerable experience as a Non-executive Director of

local and state government-owned corporations involved in road,

water and port infrastructure.

Ms Chaplain is Chairman of MFF Capital Investments Limited

and a Director of Seven Group Holdings Limited and Credible

Labs Inc. Ms Chaplain is also Chairman of Canstar Pty Ltd,

a financial services research and ratings company and a Director

of The Australian Ballet. Her former Board roles include being

Chairman of Queensland Airports Limited, a member of the

Board of Taxation, a Director of EFIC, Australia’s export credit

agency and a Director of PanAust Limited.

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors,

Ms Chaplain holds a Bachelor of Arts degree majoring in

Economics and Mandarin from Griffith University in addition to

a Masters of Business Administration (MBA) from the University

of Melbourne. She holds an honorary doctorate from Griffith

University for her service to banking and finance, and to the

Gold Coast community.

Ms Chaplain lives on the Gold Coast.

P S GARLING (65)

Independent Non-executive Director since November 2011

Mr Garling has over 35 years’ experience in the infrastructure,

construction, development and investment sectors. He was the

Global Head of Infrastructure at AMP Capital Investors,

a role he held for nine years. Prior to this, Mr Garling was CEO

of Tenix Infrastructure and a long-term senior executive at the

Lend Lease Group, including five years as CEO of Lend Lease

Capital Services.

Mr Garling is currently the Chairman of Tellus Holdings Limited,

Energy Queensland Limited and Newcastle Coal Infrastructure

Group and a Director of Charter Hall Limited and the NSW

electricity distributor, Essential Energy and the Australian

Literacy and Numeracy Foundation. He is a former Director of

Spotless Group Holdings Limited and a past President of Water

Polo Australia Limited.

Mr Garling holds a Bachelor of Building from the University of

New South Wales and the Advanced Diploma from the Australian

Institute of Company Directors. He is a Fellow of the Australian

Institute of Building, Australian Institute of Company Directors

and Institution of Engineers Australia.

Mr Garling lives in Sydney.

Annual Report 2019 5
T G HANDICOTT (56)

Independent Non-executive Director since September 2016

Ms Handicott is a former corporate lawyer with over 30 years’

experience in mergers and acquisitions, capital markets and

corporate governance. She was a partner of national law firm

Corrs Chambers Westgarth for 22 years, serving as a member of

its National Board for seven years including four years as National

Chairman. She also has extensive experience in governance of

local and state government organisations.

Ms Handicott is currently the Chairman of listed company PWR

Holdings Limited and of Peak Services Holdings Pty Ltd, which is

the subsidiary of the Local Government Association of Queensland

that is responsible for its commercial operations. Ms Handicott is

also a Director of Bangarra Dance Theatre Limited and a Divisional

Councillor of the Queensland Division of the Australian Institute of

Company Directors.

Ms Handicott is a former Director of CS Energy Limited, a former

member of the Queensland University of Technology (QUT)

Council, the Takeovers Panel and Corporations and Markets

Advisory Committee and a former Associate Member of the

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission.

A Senior Fellow of Finsia, Fellow of the Australian Institute of

Company Directors and Member of Chief Executive Women,

Ms Handicott holds a Bachelor of Laws (Hons) degree from the

Queensland University of Technology.

Ms Handicott lives in Brisbane.

N M HOLLOWS (48)

Independent Non-executive Director since June 2018

Ms Hollows has over 20 years’ experience in the resources

sector in a number of senior managerial roles across both the

public and private sectors, including in mining, utilities and rail.

Her experience spans operational management, accounting

and finance, mergers and acquisitions, capital management and

corporate governance.

Ms Hollows is currently the Chief Executive Officer of SunWater

Limited, a Queensland Government owned corporation. She is

the Chair of The Salvation Army Brisbane Red Shield Appeal

Committee and an advisory committee member of the Salvation

Army Queensland Advisory Council and also a Board member of

the Water Services Association of Australia and a member of the

CEO Advisory Committee for Dean of Queensland University of

Technology Business School.

She was formerly the Chief Financial Officer and subsequently

Chief Executive Officer of Macarthur Coal Limited, Managing

Director of AMCI Australia and South East Asia and Interim Chair

of Queensland Rail Limited.

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors

and a Member of Chief Executive Women and the Institute of

Chartered Accountants, Ms Hollows holds a Bachelor of Business

– Accounting and a Graduate Diploma in Advanced Accounting

(Distinction) from the Queensland University of Technology

and is a Graduate of Harvard Business School’s Program for

Management Development.

Ms Hollows lives in Brisbane.

C G THORNE (69)

Independent Non-executive Director since July 2010

Dr Thorne has over 36 years’ experience in the mining and

extraction industry, specifically in senior operational and executive

roles with Rio Tinto. His experience spanned a range of product

groups and functional activities in Australia and overseas. After

serving in London as Group Mining Executive from 1996 to 1998,

Dr Thorne moved to Indonesia as President Director of Kaltim

Prima Coal and then returned to Australia to manage Rio Tinto’s

Australian coal business as Managing Director of Rio Tinto Coal

Australia and the publicly listed Coal and Allied Industries. He was

President of the Queensland Resources Council in 2001-2003.

In 2006, Dr Thorne was appointed global head of Rio Tinto’s

technology, innovation and project engineering functions,

reporting to the Chief Executive. He was a member of Rio Tinto’s

Executive Committee and Investment Committee. He retired from

Rio Tinto in 2011.

Dr Thorne is a Director of Spotless Group Holdings Limited and

a former Director of Wesley Research Institute, JK Tech and

Queensland Energy Resources Limited. He is a Fellow of the

Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Dr Thorne also holds directorships with a number of

private companies.

He holds Bachelor and Doctoral degrees in Metallurgy from the

University of Queensland and is a Graduate of the Australian

Institute of Company Directors.

Dr Thorne lives on the Sunshine Coast.

P L WATSON (62)

Independent Non-executive Director since May 2019

Mr Watson has extensive experience in the construction and

engineering sectors in senior executive and governance roles,

including in the industrial, transport, defence, health, justice

and utilities sectors. He was Chief Executive Officer and

Managing Director of Transfield Services Limited, now known as

Broadspectrum for ten years. During this period, he led the business

through a successful transition, cultivating a sustainable and

successful public company. He also has considerable experience in

various Non-executive Director roles.

Mr Watson is currently a Consultant of Stephenson Mansell Group

where he provides coaching and mentoring to senior executives.

Mr Watson is a former Chairman of LogiCamms Limited, Watpac

Limited, Regional Rail Link Authority in Victoria and AssetCo

Management which managed PPP assets, a former Director of

the Major Transport Infrastructure Board in Victoria, Yarra Trams

and Save the Children Australia and was a Board member of

Infrastructure Australia.

A Fellow of the Australian Academy of Technological Sciences and

Engineering and Member of the Institute of Engineers Australia

and Australian Institute of Company Directors, Mr Watson

holds a Diploma of Civil Engineering from the Caulfield Institute

of Technology and is a Graduate of the Wharton Advanced

Management Program of the University of Pennsylvania.

Mr Watson lives in Melbourne.

6 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Directors’ shareholdings

The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options in shares

or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, debentures and rights

or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate as at the date of this report.

Director

Number of Fully Paid

Ordinary Shares

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Rights

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Options

R M Harding28,856––

G A Fenn

1

1,582,2181,137,47 7–

S A Chaplain103,799––

P S Garling19,962––

T G Handicott14,000––

N M Hollows3,000––

C G Thorne82,922––

P L Watson–––

1 Performance rights granted to Mr Fenn are subject to performance and/or service period conditions over the period 2016 to 2022. Further details regarding the conditions

relating to these restricted shares and performance rights are outlined in sections 6.4 and 9.2 the Remuneration Report.

Company Secretary

The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring

that the Company complies with its statutory duties and

maintains proper documentation, registers and records. It also

provides advice to Directors and officers about corporate

governance and gives practical effect to any decisions

made by the Board.

Mr Robert Regan was appointed Group General Counsel and

Company Secretary in January 2019. He has qualifications in

law from the University of Sydney and is an admitted solicitor

in New South Wales. Mr Regan was formerly a partner of Corrs

Chambers Westgarth and has over 30 years of experience in

legal practice.

Mr Peter Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary in

July 2011. A Member of CPA Australia and the Governance

Institute of Australia, he has qualifications in commerce from the

University of Western Sydney and corporate governance from

the Governance Institute of Australia. Mr Lyons was previously

Deputy Company Secretary and has been in financial and

secretarial roles at Downer for over 15 years.

Review of operations

Principal activities

Downer EDI Limited (Downer) designs, builds and sustains

assets, infrastructure and facilities and is a leading provider

of integrated services in Australia and New Zealand. Downer

employs more than 53,000 people, mostly in Australia and New

Zealand but also in the Asia-Pacific region, South America and

Southern Africa.

Our Purpose is to create and sustain the modern environment

by building trusted relationships with our customers.

Our Promise is to work closely with our customers to help them

succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions.

Our business is founded on four Pillars:

–Safety: Zero Harm is embedded in Downer’s culture and is

fundamental to the Company’s future success

–Delivery: we build trust by delivering on our promises

with excellence while focusing on safety, value for

money and efficiency

–Relationships: we collaborate to build and sustain enduring

relationships based on trust and integrity

–Thought leadership: we remain at the forefront of our

industry by employing the best people and having the

courage to challenge the status quo.

Downer reports its results under five service lines (Transport,

Utilities, Facilities, Mining and Engineering, Construction &

Maintenance) and an outline of each service line is set out below.

Annual Report 2019 7
Transport

Transport comprises Downer’s Road Services, Transport

Infrastructure, and Rail businesses.

Total revenue

1

(FY19)

Transport

EBITA

2

(FY19)

32.4%36.8%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely

to 100%.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense.

Road Services

Downer manages and maintains road networks across Australia

and New Zealand and manufactures and supplies products

and services to create safe, efficient and reliable journeys.

Downer offers one of the largest non-government owned road

infrastructure services businesses in Australia and New Zealand,

maintaining more than 33,000 kilometres of road in Australia and

more than 25,000 kilometres in New Zealand.

Downer creates and delivers solutions to our customers’

challenges through strategic asset management and a

leading portfolio of products and services. Downer is a leading

manufacturer and supplier of bitumen-based products and

an innovator in the sustainable asphalt industry and circular

economy, using recycled products and environmentally

sustainable methods to produce asphalt.

Downer’s road network solutions are underpinned by industry-

leading research, development and innovation, unique asset

management tools and a commitment to safety, environment and

sustainability through industry awarded Zero Harm programs.

Downer has formed a number of strategic partnerships to meet

the changing needs of our customers and markets. Downer has

long-term asset stewardship and road management contracts

through DM Roads in Australia, and a number of alliances in

New Zealand such as the Infrastructure Alliance in Hamilton,

Whanganui Alliance, Tararua Alliance, Waikato District Alliance

and the Milford Road Alliance.

Downer works for all of Australia’s State Road Authorities,

the New Zealand Transport Agency and a large number of

local government councils and authorities in both countries.

Customers also include road owners and businesses operating in

industries including waste collection and management, mining,

construction, airports and motor racing tracks.

Transport Infrastructure

Downer delivers multi-disciplined infrastructure solutions to

customers within the transport sector. The services provided by

Downer include the design and construction of light rail, heavy

rail, signalling, track and station works, rail safety technology,

bridges and roads.

Downer has a long history of delivering transport infrastructure

projects under a variety of contracting models. Downer’s

integrated capabilities enable intelligent transport solutions, road

network management and maintenance, facility maintenance,

utilities services and renewable energy technologies.

Rail

Downer has over 100 years’ rail experience providing end-to-end,

innovative transport solutions.

Downer is a leading provider of rollingstock asset

management services in Australia, with expertise in delivering

whole-of-life asset management support to our customers.

Downer’s capability spans all sectors, from rollingstock to

infrastructure; and every project phase, from design and

manufacture to through-life-support, fleet maintenance,

operations and comprehensive overhaul of assets.

Downer sets industry best practice with forward-looking

technology solutions like the TrainDNA data analytics platform

to deliver safe, efficient and reliable services for the public

transport sector.

Downer has formed strategic joint ventures and relationships

with leading technology and knowledge providers including

Keolis, CRRC, Hitachi and Bombardier.

The Keolis Downer joint venture is Australia’s largest private

provider of multi-modal public transport solutions, with contracts

to operate and maintain Yarra Trams in Melbourne, the Gold

Coast light rail system in Queensland, and an integrated public

transport system for the city of Newcastle in New South Wales.

Keolis Downer is also one of Australia’s most significant bus

operators with operations in South Australia, Western Australia

and Queensland. Keolis Downer provides more than 210 million

passenger trips each year.

Downer’s Rail customers include Sydney Trains, Transport for

NSW, Public Transport Authority (WA), Metro Trains Melbourne,

Public Transport Victoria, and Queensland Rail.

8 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Utilities

Downer offers a range of services to customers across the power

and gas, water, renewable energy and communications sectors.

Total revenue

1

(FY19)

Utilities

EBITA

2

(FY19)

18.7%20.6%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely

to 100%.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense.

Power and gas

Downer’s services include planning, designing, constructing,

operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power and

gas network assets. A collaborative approach has made Downer a

benchmark end-to-end service provider to owners of utility assets.

Downer designs and constructs steel lattice transmission towers,

designs and builds substations, constructs and maintains electricity

and gas networks, provides asset inspection and monitoring

services, connects tens of thousands of new power and gas

customers each year and provides meter, energy and water

efficiency services for governments, utilities and corporations.

Water

Downer is dedicated to delivering complete water lifecycle

solutions for municipal and industrial water users.

Downer’s expertise includes water treatment, wastewater

treatment, water and wastewater network construction and

rehabilitation, desalination and biosolids treatment.

As a leading provider of asset management services, Downer

supports its customers across the full asset lifecycle from

conceptual development through to design, construction,

commissioning and into operations and maintenance.

Downer collaborates with customers to manage their assets, so

they create community benefits that are sustainable, innovative,

cost-effective and provide value to all stakeholders.

Renewable energy

Downer is one of Australia’s largest and most experienced

providers in the renewable energy market, delivering services

to customers requiring both utility and commercial scale

sustainable energy solutions.

Downer offers trusted services and integrated solutions required for

the entire asset lifecycle including procurement, assembly, design,

construction, commissioning and maintenance for a range of

renewable assets specifically in the wind, solar and power systems

storage sectors including transmission and substations.

Downer offers flexible services like innovative energy systems

that include self-generation and storage, grid services such

as frequency control ancillary services (FCAS), fast frequency

response (FFR), grid stability and transmission terminal

congestion solutions.

Communications

Downer is a leading provider of end-to-end technology and

communications service solutions, offering integrated civil

construction, electrical, fibre, copper and radio network

deployment capability throughout Australia and New Zealand.

Key capabilities include:

–Design, engineering and network construction of fixed and

wireless networks

–Mobile deployment: site acquisition, environmental and

design services

–Network operations and help desk outsourcing

–Network maintenance

–Warehousing and logistics

–Smart metering

–Smart home power and technology solutions

–Fleet management

–Network security

–Remedial works and proactive maintenance

–Customer connections, in-premise installations and

service activations.

Facilities

The Facilities service line operates in Australia and New Zealand

delivering facilities services to customers across a diverse range

of industry sectors including: defence; education; government;

healthcare; senior living; sports and venues; resources; leisure

and hospitality; airports; industrial; commercial; property; utilities

and public private partnerships.

Total revenue

1

(FY19)

Facilities

EBITA

2

(FY19)

25.3%25.9%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely

to 100%.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense.

Annual Report 2019 9
Facilities businesses include Spotless, AE Smith, Alliance, Ensign,

EPICURE, Hawkins, Mustard, Nuvo, Taylors and Envar.

Spotless is the largest integrated facilities management services

provider in Australia and New Zealand. Its key capabilities include:

–Air-conditioning, mechanical and electrical

–Asset maintenance and management

–Catering and hospitality

–Cleaning

–Facilities management

–Laundry management

–Security and electronic solutions

–Utility support.

The Facilities service line also includes Hawkins, New

Zealand’s leading construction business. Hawkins delivers

unique transformational projects across a variety of sectors

including education, health, airports, commercial office

buildings and heritage restorations. It leads the industry in civic

projects including art galleries, event centres, stadiums and

community facilities.

Hawkins' and Downer’s combined technical and construction

management expertise provides proven, whole-of-life solutions

for customers’ assets using innovative technology to sustainably

deliver outcomes.

Engineering, Construction and Maintenance (EC&M)

Downer’s EC&M service line includes its Asset Services

and Engineering & Construction businesses and works with

customers in the public and private sectors delivering services

including design, engineering, construction, maintenance and

ongoing management of critical assets.

Total revenue

1

(FY19)

EC&M

EBITA

2

(FY19)

12.7%5.1 %

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely

to 100%.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense.

In the oil and gas sector, Downer’s capabilities cover the full

range of construction, maintenance, shutdown/turnaround/

outage delivery, sustaining capital program delivery and

commissioning services.

Key capabilities include:

–Electrical instrumentation and controls

–Structural and mechanical piping

–Lagging and cladding

–Insulation and coatings including painting and

blasting services

–Scaffold management and erection

–Facilities maintenance

–Project management, scheduling and resourcing

–Technical writing and workpack development

–Heavy lift studies

–Specialist subcontract management

–Procurement

–Integrated engineering.

Downer is also the leading provider of original equipment

manufacturer (OEM) maintenance and shutdown services

essential in running Australia’s power stations, servicing

customers that supply 80% of the National Electricity Market.

Downer’s Assets Services business operates across industries

including petrochemical and refining, bulk materials handling

and processing, coal, iron ore, minerals and metals and power

generation. Services include scoping, planning, integration and

support with engineering; and electrical and instrumentation,

insulation and scaffold erection, commissioning and

decommissioning.

Downer is also an OEM specialist in the design, supply,

construction, maintenance and overhaul of boilers, turbines and

generating plants.

Downer’s Mineral Technologies business is the world leader in

mineral separation and mineral processing solutions, as well

as spiral technology. Mineral Technologies delivers innovative,

cost effective process solutions for iron ore, mineral sands, silica

sands, coal, chromite, gold, tin, tungsten, tantalum and a wide

range of other fine materials.

Downer’s QCC business delivers solutions for customers

across all stages of the project lifecycle from initial concept,

prefeasibility and feasibility studies, to Coal Handling and

Preparation Plant (CHPP) design and Engineering, Procurement

and Construction (EPC) management delivery. QCC provides

strategic consulting services, working with customers to

optimise financial returns and maintain efficient operations for

their projects.

10 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Mining

Downer is one of Australia’s leading diversified mining

contractors serving its customers across more than

50 sites in Australia, Papua New Guinea, South America and

Southern Africa.

Total revenue

1

(FY19)

Mining

EBITA

2

(FY19)

11.0%11.6%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely

to 100%.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense.

Downer services coal and metalliferous ore mining customers at

all stages of the mining lifecycle, specialising in both surface and

underground mining. Key capabilities include:

–Resource definition, exploration drilling and mine

feasibility studies

–Open cut mining services to Australian coal, iron ore and gold

–Underground mining services to Australian, Papua New

Guinea and South African copper and gold

–Drilling, explosives manufacture and supply,

blasting and crushing

–Tyre management (through the subsidiary

Otraco International)

–Mine closure and rehabilitation.

In New South Wales, Downer provides mining services at

Newcrest Mining’s Cadia Valley underground mine near Orange

and Cobar Management Pty Ltd’s CSA underground copper

mine located in Cobar, Central Western New South Wales.

In Queensland, Downer has provided mining services at Stanwell

Corporation’s Meandu mine in the South Burnett region since

2013. Downer has also been working closely with the BHP Billiton

Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA) for many years, providing mining

services at several mine sites in the Bowen Basin in Central

Queensland including Goonyella Riverside, Daunia, Peak Downs,

Saraji, Blackwater, Caval Ridge and Poitrel Mine. Downer also

continues to provide full mining services at Millmerran Power

Partner’s Commodore mine-site.

In South Australia, Downer provides engineering, procurement

and construction (EPC) services and mining services at OZ

Minerals' Carrapateena copper and gold mine.

In Western Australia, Downer has been providing mining

services to Karara Mining Ltd at its Karara mine since the

magnetite operation commenced production in February 2012.

Mining services are also provided at the Gruyere gold project

in Laverton for joint venture partners Gold Road Resources

Ltd and Gold Fields Ltd. Downer also delivers significant mine

contracting services at Cape Preston for CITIC Pacific Mining’s

Sino Iron Project (high-grade magnetite).

Group Financial Performance

For the 12 months ended 30 June 2019, Downer reported

increases in total revenue; earnings before interest, tax and

amortisation of acquired intangible assets (EBITA); and net profit

after tax (NPAT).

The main features of the result for the 12 months ended

30 June 2019 were:

–Total revenue of $13.4 billion, up 6.6%;

–Statutory EBITA of $532.6 million, up 96.2% from

$271.5 million;

–Statutory earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) of

$462.2 million, up 125.7% from $204.8 million;

–Underlying

1

net profit after tax and before amortisation

of acquired intangible assets (NPATA) of $340.1 million,

up 14.7% from $296.5 million;

–Statutory net profit after tax and before amortisation

of acquired intangible assets (NPATA) of $325.6 million,

up 176.2% or $207.7 million from $117.9 million; and

–Statutory net profit after tax (NPAT) of $276.3 million,

up 288.6% from $71.1 million.

A reconciliation of the statutory result to the underlying result is

set out on page 12.

1 The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to

assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been

subject to audit or review.

Annual Report 2019 11
Revenue

Total revenue for the Group increased by $828.1 million, or 6.6%,

to $13.4 billion compared to the previous corresponding period

(pcp). This was primarily driven by increased activity in Utilities,

EC&M and Mining, partially offset by lower revenue in Transport

and Facilities.

Transport revenue decreased by 2.8%, or $123.0 million, to

$4.3 billion due to completed infrastructure projects not being

fully replaced, the Sydney Growth Trains project nearing

completion and the divestment of the Freight Rail business in the

prior period. This was offset by continuing strong performance in

the Road Services business in both Australia and New Zealand,

and an increase in Rail Through Life Support (TLS) activity.

Utilities revenue increased by 25.0%, or $501.8 million, to

$2.5 billion, due to continuing strong contributions from NBN

contracts in Australia as well as new renewable energy projects

including Numurkah and Beryl solar farms.

Facilities revenue decreased by 0.8%, or $28.5 million to $3.4

billion due to projects completed in Australia and New Zealand in

the prior year not being fully replaced. This was partially offset by

higher building activities in New Zealand and from new contracts

in the Infrastructure and Construction business in Australia.

EC&M revenue rose by 23.7%, or $326.9 million, to $1.7 billion as

a result of increased activities from new maintenance contracts,

the acquisition of MHPS Plant Services Pty Ltd (MHPS) and new

contracts in Mineral Technologies. This increase was partially

offset by a reduction in construction activities at projects

including Wheatstone in Western Australia.

Mining revenue increased by 8.8%, or $120.1 million, to

$1.5 billion mainly due to increased activities at Blackwater and

Carrapateena and from the contribution of newly commenced

contracts. This increase was partially offset by the completion

of the Boggabri and Roy Hill contracts.

Expenses

Total expenses increased by 4.5% and include a $45.0 million

loss due to the provision recognised in relation to Senvion’s

scope in the delivery of the Murra Warra wind farm, while the

previous corresponding period (pcp) included $208.1 million of

Individually Significant Items (ISIs).

Employee benefits expenses increased by 7.6%, or $306.2 million,

to $4.3 billion and represent 35.1% of Downer’s cost base. The

increase is mainly due to higher activities across the Group.

Included in the pcp is $23.4 million of pre-tax ISIs in relation to

divisional merger costs and Spotless transition-related costs.

Subcontractor costs increased by 10.9%, or $412.4 million, to

$4.2 billion and represent 33.9% of Downer’s cost base. This

increase is a result of higher contracts activity and the change in

the subcontractor mix on some contracts.

Raw materials and consumables costs decreased by 3.9%, or

$85.5 million, to $2.1 billion and represent 17.1% of Downer’s cost

base. The decrease is driven by the net impact of the divestment

of Freight Rail, lower material requirements and the completion of

contracts in Mining.

Plant and equipment costs increased by 1.9%, or $12.7 million, to

$689.8 million and represent 5.6% of Downer’s cost base. The

lower increase in plant and equipment costs compared to other

types of expenses reflects a less capital-intensive business

coupled with more efficient maintenance practices.

Depreciation and amortisation decreased by 2.8% or

$10.2 million, to $360.0 million and represents 2.9% of Downer’s

cost base. This decrease is mainly due to project completion in

Mining partially offset by additional amortisation on acquired

intangibles following several bolt-on acquisitions and higher

amortisation as the business transformation program was

completed in 2018.

Other expenses, which include communication, travel,

occupancy, professional fees costs and ISIs, have decreased by

13.4%, or $105.9 million due to lower pre-tax ISIs compared to the

pcp. Excluding the impact of Murra Warra and ISIs in the pcp,

other expenses would have increased by 5.6%, or $33.8 million,

and this represents bid costs incurred and the continuous

investment in governance and risk management functions.

12 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Earnings

Statutory EBIT of $462.2 million was $257.4 million higher than pcp driven by higher contributions from Transport, Utilities, Facilities and

Mining, partially offset by a lower contribution from EC&M. The full year EBITA result of $532.6 million includes a $17.0 million fair value

gain on revaluation of existing interest in the Downer Mouchel joint venture. This gain arises from the revaluation of the proportion of

the joint venture already owned by Downer.

Statutory NPAT for the Group was $276.3 million, including $31.5 million (after-tax) provision for Murra Warra wind farm.

Underlying NPATA for the Group increased by 14.7%, or $43.6 million, to $340.1 million.

A reconciliation of the statutory result to the underlying result is set out below:

FY19

$mEBIT

Net

interest

expense

Ta x

expenseN PAT

Add back

amortisation

of acquired

intangibles

(post-tax)N PATA

Statutory result462.2(82.4)(103.5)276.349.3325.6

Plus: Murra Warra wind farm loss45.0–(13.5)31.5–31.5

507. 2(82.4)(117.0)307. 849.3357.1

Less: Fair value gain on revaluation of

existing interest in Downer Mouchel JV(17.0)––(17.0)–(17.0)

Underlying result490.2(82.4)(117.0)290.849.3340.1

Transport EBITA increased by 22.5% to $242.4 million due to continued strong performance in road maintenance in Australia and New

Zealand and higher contributions from the Waratah TLS contract and from the SGT and HCMT projects. This was partially offset by the

divestment of Freight Rail in 2H18 and a lower contribution from Infrastructure Projects in New Zealand.

Utilities EBITA increased by 19.1% to $136.1 million, driven by a strong performance from Communications, partially offset by

underperformance in a solar contract.

Facilities EBITA increased by 2.3% to $170.5 million mainly driven by growth in Defence and Hospitality & FM related contracts that

offset lower contribution from construction.

EC&M EBITA decreased by 8.3% to $33.3 million due to the completion of the Gorgon and Wheatstone contracts and loss-making

construction projects. This was partially offset by strong performance in maintenance contracts and the MHPS acquisition.

Mining EBITA increased by 52.2% to $76.7 million predominantly due to continued strong performance on ongoing and new contracts.

Corporate costs increased by $12.4 million to $98.4 million primarily from the continuous investment in governance and risk

management functions and higher amortisation of intangibles following completion of the business transformation program in 2018.

Net finance costs increased by $1.3 million to $82.4 million due to higher net debt balances during the year and the unwind of discount

charges relating to onerous provision recognised following the adoption of AASB 15, partially offset by lower average interest rates

following debt refinancing.

The effective tax rate is 27.3% which is lower than the statutory rate of 30.0% due to the impact of items including non-taxable

distributions from joint ventures and lower overseas tax rates (e.g. New Zealand).

Annual Report 2019 13
Group Financial Position

Funding, liquidity and capital are managed at Group level,

with Divisions focused on working capital and operating cash

flow management.

Operating Cash Flow

Operating cash flow was strong at $630.2 million, up 8.0% from

last year due to strong contract performance, distributions

from equity accounted investments and contributions from

acquisitions. This represents a cash conversion of 89.0%

to adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and

amortisation (EBITDA).

Investing Cash

Total investing cash flow was $509.7 million, $219.9 million

lower than the pcp as the prior period included a $391.8 million

payment in relation to the additional interest acquired in

Spotless. Excluding the Spotless payment, and the proceeds

from the divestment of the Freight Rail business, investing cash

increased by 9.1% or $42.3 million mainly due to payments made

for capital expenditure during the year.

The business continued to invest in capital equipment

to support the existing contracted operations and future

operations, resulting in net capital expenditure of $330.1 million

and $52.6 million payment for lease assets.

Debt and Bonding

The Group’s performance bonding facilities totalled

$2,143.1 million at 30 June 2019 with $819.9 million undrawn.

There is sufficient available capacity to support the ongoing

operations of the Group.

As at 30 June 2019, the Group had liquidity of $1.8 billion

comprising cash balances of $710.7 million and undrawn

committed debt facilities of $1.1 billion. Total liquidity available is

$1.4 billion through Downer’s facilities and $379.9 million through

Spotless’ facilities.

The Group continues to be rated BBB (Stable) by Fitch Ratings.

Balance Sheet

The net assets of Downer decreased by 4.8% to $3.0 billion,

predominantly due to the impact of the adoption of AASB 15

Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This resulted in an

opening retained earnings adjustment of $258.0 million

(after-tax). Adjusting for the impact of AASB 15, net assets

increased by $97.9 million representing a 3.1% increase to pcp.

Cash and cash equivalents increased by $104.5 million, or 17.2%,

to $710.7 million. The increase reflects continued strong cash

contributions from operations and proceeds from external

borrowings drawn; offset by $78.4 million in relation to business

acquisitions, investment in joint ventures and final working

capital adjustments on the divestment of Freight Rail in FY18.

Net debt increased from $940.0 million at 30 June 2018

to $1,012.6 million at 30 June 2019 primarily as a result of

drawdowns made to support business activities, offset by a

higher cash position. The increased net debt position, together

with a lower equity balance following $258.0 million of

AASB 15 transition adjustments, resulted in an increase in

gearing (net debt to net debt plus equity) to 24.9%, up from

22.7% at 30 June 2018.

Trade receivables and contract assets decreased by

$165.2 million to $2,065.9 million reflecting the impact on

adoption of AASB 15 and strong cash collections.

Inventories increased by $35.8 million to $304.6 million as

a result of bogie overhaul activities in Transport and higher

bitumen stock levels.

Current tax assets decreased by $11.6 million to $57.7 million due

to the timing of tax payments.

Interest in joint ventures and associates increased by

$12.8 million. This represents $8.5 million for a 50% interest

acquired in Repurpose It, a waste recycling business in

Victoria; and Downer’s share of net profits from joint ventures

and associates of $30.4 million; offset by $4.0 million interest

reduction in MHPS Plant Services Pty Ltd following the 100%

ownership acquired during the year and $22.4 million of

distributions received.

Property, Plant and Equipment increased $92.9 million, to

$1,373.3 million, as additional capital expenditure incurred in

Transport and Mining exceeded the depreciation expense.

Intangible assets increased by $80.0 million arising from

$128.4 million additional goodwill and other acquired intangible

assets recognised from acquisitions made during the period

and $45.3 million additional investment in software; offset by

$100.0 million amortisation mainly related to Spotless’ acquired

intangible assets.

14 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Total trade payables and contract liabilities increased by

$148.7 million primarily as a result of higher business activities.

Trade payables and contract liabilities represent 49.6% of

Downer’s total liabilities.

Other financial liabilities of $67.4 million decreased by

$10.0 million and represents 1.4% of Downer’s total liabilities.

The decrease mainly reflects deferred consideration paid for

acquisitions during the year.

Deferred tax liability of $137.6 million primarily represents

temporary differences arising from work in progress, property,

plant and equipment, and the tax effect of the recognition of

acquired intangibles.

Provisions of $577.1 million increased by $86.6 million mainly from

the recognition of the new Royal Adelaide Hospital and Murra

Warra contract provisions and an increase in employee related

provisions. Provisions represent 11.6% of Downer’s total liabilities.

Employee provisions (annual leave and long service leave) made

up 66.8% of this balance with the remainder covering onerous

contracts provisions, surplus lease contracts provisions and

return conditions obligations for leased assets and property

and warranty obligations.

Shareholder equity decreased by $154.9 million driven by a

$258.0 million cumulative opening retained earnings adjustment

following adoption of AASB 15 and $174.9 million of dividend

payments made during the period. This was offset by the net

profit after tax of $276.3 million. Net foreign currency gains on

translation of foreign operations, particularly in New Zealand,

resulted in a movement in the foreign currency translation

reserve of $10.1 million.

Dividends

The Downer Board resolved to pay a final dividend of 14.0 cents

per share, 50% franked (consistent with the prior corresponding

period), payable on 2 October 2019 to shareholders on the

register at 4 September 2019. The unfranked portion of the

dividend (50%) will be paid out of Conduit Foreign Income (CFI).

The Board also determined to continue to pay a fully imputed

dividend on the ROADS security, which having been reset on

15 June 2019 has a yield of 5.49% per annum payable quarterly

in arrears, with the next payment due on 16 September 2019.

As this dividend is fully imputed (the New Zealand equivalent of

being fully franked), the actual cash yield paid by Downer will be

3.95% per annum for the next 12 months.

Zero Harm

Downer’s

1

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) decreased to 0.57 from 0.78 and our Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

(TRIFR) decreased to 2.70 from 3.27 per million hours worked

2

.

TRIFRLTIFR

LTIFR

TRIFR

Downer Group Safety Performance

(12-month rolling frequency rates)

Jun-18

Jul-18

Aug-18

Sep-18

Oct-18

Nov-18

Dec-18

Mar-19

Apr-19

May-19

Feb-19

Jan-19

Jun-19

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

3.27

2.70

0.78

0.57

1 Safety data excludes Hawkins and Spotless.

2 Lost time injuries (LTIs) are defined as injuries that cause the injured person (employee or contractor) to be unfit to perform any work duties for one whole day or shift, or

more, after the shift on which the injury occurred, and any injury that results, directly or indirectly, in the death of the person. The Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) is

the number of LTIs per million hours worked. Total Recordable Injuries (TRIs) are the number of LTIs + medically treated injuries (MTIs) for employees and contractors. Total

Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) is the number of TRIs per million hours worked.

Annual Report 2019 15
Group Business Strategies and Prospects for Future Financial Years

The Downer Group comprises a diverse collection of businesses. Downer’s Purpose is to create and sustain the modern environment

by building trusted relationships with customers. Downer’s Promise is to work closely with its customers to help them succeed, using

world-leading insights and solutions. Downer’s business is founded on four Pillars which support our Purpose and Promise: Safety,

Delivery, Relationships and Thought Leadership.

Downer’s strategy focuses on Zero Harm, driving improvement in existing businesses and operations, investing in targeted growth

opportunities, and creating new positions in appropriate markets.

Downer’s strategic objectives, prospects, and the risks that could adversely affect the achievement of these objectives, are set out in

the table below.

Strategic ObjectiveProspects Risks and risk management

Maintain focus on Zero

Harm as a cornerstone

of the Safety pillar

Downer recognises that a sustainable and

embedded Zero Harm culture is fundamental to

the Company’s future success.

Zero Harm means sustaining a work environment

that supports the health and safety of Downer’s

people, and conducting operations in a

manner that is environmentally responsible

and sustainable.

Downer’s Zero Harm culture is built on leading

and inspiring, verifying the effective management

of risks that have the potential to cause serious

harm, rethinking processes, continuously

improving management systems, applying lessons

learnt, and adopting and adapting practices that

aim to achieve zero work-related injuries and

unintentional harm to the environment.

Downer’s approach to Zero Harm enables

the Company to work safely, sustainably and

environmentally responsibly where there are inherent

hazardous environments.

Downer has implemented a strong Critical Risk

program throughout its business. This program has

provided Downer with the opportunity to understand

the risks in its business that could cause serious

injury to people or the environment. That knowledge

has enabled Downer to implement a program to

eliminate or control those risks, and to monitor the

performance of those critical controls.

Each Downer Division has in place a Zero Harm

management system, certified as a minimum to

AS/NZS 4801 or BS OHSAS 18001, and ISO 14001.

Each management system is reviewed regularly,

undergoing internal and external audit.

Embed asset

management and

data analytics as a

cornerstone of the

Delivery pillar

Downer has established an Asset & Data

Management Office (ADMO) to coordinate the

Group’s extensive asset management knowledge

and expertise and use it, for example, to improve

the efficiency of its customers’ operations.

As a leader in asset management, Downer

aims to adopt and implement world-leading

insights and solutions. The proliferation of data

points and connected devices allows for more

data and business intelligence to be captured.

This information can be used to drive service

improvement and improve asset performance.

The expectations of Downer’s customers, and their

customers, continue to grow with regards to reliable,

intuitive, and cost-effective assets and services.

Downer has invested in capability and talent to

improve asset management, data analytics and life

cycle performance analytics. A number of these

investments have Group-wide application in addition

to their bespoke customer benefit.

Risks to be managed include: not delivering value-

added services to customers and so reducing

the need for integrated services partners; scope

reduction by customers who elect to use pure

maintenance/blue collar services; and an inability to

deliver obligations in performance frameworks and

service outcome contracts.

16 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Strategic ObjectiveProspects Risks and risk management

Improve engagement

with customers as a

cornerstone of the

Relationships pillar

Providing valuable and reliable products and

services to customers, and their customers,

is at the heart of Downer’s culture. It enables

Downer’s customers to focus more on their

core expertise while Downer delivers non-core

operational services.

Through ongoing analysis of markets, customers

and competitors, Downer is well positioned to

improve value and service for its customers and

their customers.

Relationships creating success continues to be

Downer’s core operating philosophy that drives

delivery of projects and services. It helps to ensure

investment, initiatives and activities are focused on

helping Downer’s customers to succeed.

Building on existing expertise across the Group,

Downer is developing a more coordinated and

structured approach to customer engagement,

business development and market participation.

This will improve Downer’s ability to compete and

win in the markets and sectors in which it operates.

Risks to be managed include: the threat of new

competitors and disruptors in traditional markets;

not keeping pace with changing customer

expectations; and the threat of commoditisation of

core products and services.

Embed operational

technology into core

service offerings

as a cornerstone

of our Thought

Leadership pillar

Technology is an inherent feature of today’s

world and there is therefore greater demand for

technology in Downer’s projects and services.

Customer operations are growing in complexity

and this creates opportunities for Downer to

connect, manage, monitor and report on core

services and infrastructure.

Downer is investing in operational technology,

“apps”, platforms and partnerships to meet customer

needs. Downer is focused on selecting the right

operational technology investments, for example

those that can be leveraged across a number of

service lines to maximise value for the greatest

number of customers.

Risks to be managed include: intensification of

competition as customers converge into large

single market procurement channels; introduction

of foreign and technology based competitors that

bring a different value proposition; and a need for

greater investment in technology and data services.

Annual Report 2019 17
The following table provides an overview of the key prospects relevant to each of Downer’s service lines and summarises Downer’s

intended strategic response across each sector to maximise the Company’s performance and realise future opportunities.

Service lineProspects Downer’s response

TransportThe multi-billion dollar market for transport

infrastructure and services continues to exhibit

good growth in both Australia and New Zealand.

Governments in both countries continue to invest

in a range of projects to reduce congestion,

improve mobility, and provide better linkages

between communities.

The cost of bidding for major projects is high

and project risks can be significant, so Downer is

selective about the projects for which it bids.

Looking forward, potential outsourcing and

franchising opportunities across the transport

sector may further expand Downer’s portfolio in

public transport operations.

Downer is a market leader in road services in both

Australia and New Zealand, light rail construction

in Australia and heavy rail construction and

maintenance in Australia.

In recent years, Downer’s strategy has focused on

journey management, asset stewardship, congestion

management, and urban revitalisation. The ability

to deal with these issues through infrastructure

services and solutions is critical to driving the Downer

business forward and to provide increasing value to

Downer’s customers and their end customers.

Downer maintains strong strategic partnerships with

leading global transport solutions providers and,

through this model, is pursuing opportunities in rolling

stock manufacture and maintenance, and transport

network operations and maintenance.

The Keolis Downer joint venture is a leading

Australian multi-modal transport operator, through its

light rail and bus operations.

Utilities Growth across utility markets is multi-faceted with

a good pipeline of prospects in both Australia

and New Zealand.

Activity in telecommunications continues to be

dynamic, with large capital builds in both Australia

and New Zealand coming to a close. Downer’s view

is that the timing of these large network builds

will extend beyond most analysts’ predictions.

However, increasing demand for data services

will see a continuing, solid baseload of activity

in this sector.

Downer has market leading positions in the electricity,

water, gas and telecommunications sectors in both

Australia and New Zealand.

Downer is strongly positioned to take advantage of

the growth opportunities available in these sectors,

with a demonstrable track record of excellence in

service delivery, and a greater focus on introducing

operational technology to improve the value Downer

brings to customers.

FacilitiesLarge-scale and long-term outsourcing contracts

continue to come to market, however the

long-term nature of contracts in this sector means

that a lot of work is already under contract.

The defence, health, education, corrections, and

commercial markets continue to provide a range

of opportunities on the short-to-medium term

horizon in both Australia and New Zealand.

Through the acquisition of Spotless, Downer is now

a major force in both Australia and New Zealand with

market leading positions across key sectors including:

defence; health; education; corrections; commercial;

stadia and open space management; leisure;

and resources.

There is a focus on leveraging both businesses’ scale

and routes to market to position the Group’s core

offerings in an integrated way.

18 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Service lineProspects Downer’s response

EC&M Many large projects are transitioning from

greenfield construction to brownfield asset

management, sustaining capital and longer-term

strategic partnerships.

New resources-related infrastructure projects,

including Western Australian iron ore, have begun

coming to market.

Downer’s EC&M service line includes its Asset

Services and Engineering & Construction businesses.

Downer is a market leader in electrical and

instrumentation work, particularly in the oil and

gas sector, and is growing its structural mechanical

piping business.

Downer has experience working on all of the recent

Australian major oil and gas developments. While

the first phase of major LNG construction comes to

an end, Downer is growing its market share in the

maintenance of these facilities.

Outside of oil and gas, Downer continues to be a

major player in the delivery of resources related

engineering, construction and maintenance services

with long and enduring relationships with all of

Australia’s major mining and industrial customers.

In 2018, Downer merged its Mining and EC&M

Divisions into the Mining, Energy and Industrial

Division. This has enhanced Downer’s ability to offer

customers a portfolio of complementary services in

the resources, energy, power generation and industrial

sectors. The Mining, Energy and Industrial Division

provides customers with safe, quality, cost-efficient

and technology-enabled solutions and services.

MiningThe contract mining sector has experienced a

recovery over the past 12 months, with production

volumes and capital investment confidence

returning to markets including metallurgical

coal and iron ore.

Mine owners are seeking to maximise supply

chain benefits, which opens opportunities for

contractors to work collaboratively with them

to drive productivity improvements and reduce

production costs.

Downer is one of Australia’s leading diversified

mining contractors offering customers feasibility

studies, open cut mining services, underground

mining services, tyre management, drilling and

blasting services, mine closure and rehabilitation, and

asset management.

In 2018, Downer merged its Mining and EC&M

Divisions into the Mining, Energy and Industrial

Division. This has enhanced Downer’s ability to offer

customers a portfolio of complementary services in

the resources, energy, power generation and industrial

sectors. The Mining, Energy and Industrial Division

provides customers with safe, quality, cost-efficient

and technology-enabled solutions and services.

Annual Report 2019 19
Outlook

Downer is targeting consolidated net profit after tax and before

amortisation of acquired intangible assets (NPATA) of around

$365 million before minority interests for the 2020 financial year.

Subsequent events

In September 2017 Spotless commenced a Facilities

Management Sub-Contract (Subcontract) at the New Royal

Adelaide Hospital (nRAH). Spotless’ subcontract is with Celsus,

which has a head contract with the South Australian Government

as part of a Public Private Partnership model.

On 21 August 2019, Spotless reached in-principle agreement

with the South Australian Government and Celsus in relation

to the delivery of services under the Subcontract. The

agreement includes;

–settlement of historical abatement claims previously

disclosed as a contingent liability by Downer and Spotless;

–a revised KPI and abatement regime designed to better

reflect the services provided by Spotless; and

–an increase to Spotless’ monthly service fee.

The settlement agreement, which is expected to be signed in

the first half of the 2020 financial year, will take financial effect

from 1 July 2019.

Other than this in-principle agreement, there have been no

other matters or circumstances other than those referred to in

the financial statements or notes thereto, that have arisen since

the end of the financial year, that have significantly affected, or

may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results

of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group

in subsequent financial years.

Changes in state of affairs

During the financial year there was no significant change in the

state of affairs of the Group other than that referred to in the

financial statements or notes thereto.

Environmental management

Downer believes in the pursuit of environmental excellence and

enhancing liveability for all communities in which it operates.

Downer’s environmental commitments are outlined in its

Environmental Sustainability Policy which can be found on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com/board-policies.

Downer’s Purpose is to create and sustain the modern

environment by building trusted relationships with its customers.

Downer helps its customers succeed by developing and

delivering environmentally responsible and sustainable solutions.

Downer remains focused on developing solutions to reduce its

energy consumption and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.

Downer is committed to transitioning to a low carbon economy

and focusing its attention on managing risks associated with

environmental management and climate change. Downer is

also taking advantage of the commercial opportunities this

presents for its business, in particular the energy transition and

delivering infrastructure that is resilient to the physical impacts

of climate change.

Downer’s Zero Harm Management System Framework sets

the minimum standard for health, safety, environment and

sustainability within its Divisions, and with regard to environment

each Division’s Zero Harm Management System is certified

to ISO 14001:2015. Divisions also adhere to environmental

management requirements established by customers in addition

to all applicable licence and regulatory requirements. Each

Division is required to have an Environmental Sustainability

Action Plan (ESAP) and strategies in place supported by suitably

qualified environment and sustainability professionals. The

ESAP allocates internal responsibilities for reducing the impact

of its operations and business activities on the environment.

In addition, all Divisions’ management systems are audited

internally and externally by independent third parties.

Dividends

In respect of the financial year ended 30 June 2019, the Board:

–declared a 50% franked interim dividend of 14.0 cents per

share that was paid on 21 March 2019 to shareholders on the

register at 21 February 2019 with the unfranked portion paid

out of Conduit Foreign Income; and

–declared a 50% franked final dividend of 14.0 cents per share,

payable on 2 October 2019 to shareholders on the register at

4 September 2019 with the unfranked portion to be paid out

of Conduit Foreign Income.

Consistent with prior periods, the Company’s Dividend

Reinvestment Plan remains suspended.

As detailed in the Directors’ Report for the 2018 financial year,

the Board declared a fully franked final dividend of 14.0 cents

per share, that was paid on 27 September 2018 to shareholders

on the register at 30 August 2018 with the unfranked portion

paid out of Conduit Foreign Income.

20 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Employee Discount Share Plan (ESP)

An ESP was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the provisions of the plan, as approved by shareholders at the 1998 Annual

General Meeting, permanent full-time and part-time employees of Downer EDI Limited and its subsidiary companies who have

completed six months service may be invited to participate.

No shares were issued under the ESP during the years ended 30 June 2019 or 30 June 2018.

There are no performance rights or performance options, in relation to unissued shares, that are outstanding.

Directors’ meetings

The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the

2019 financial year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee member).

During the year, 10 Board meetings, six Audit and Risk Committee meetings, five Zero Harm Committee meetings, four Remuneration

Committee meetings and three Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee meetings were held. In addition, 23 ad hoc

meetings (attended by various Directors) were held in relation to various matters including tender reviews and major projects.

Board

Audit and Risk

Committee

Remuneration

Committee

DirectorHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

R M Harding1010––44

G A Fenn1010––––

S A Chaplain10966––

P S Garling

2

1095544

T G Handicott

3

10106644

N M Hollows101066––

C G Thorne

4

101066––

P L Watson2211––

Zero Harm

Committee

Nominations and

Corporate Governance

Committee

DirectorHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

R M Harding––33

G A Fenn54––

S A Chaplain5533

P S Garling

2

––––

T G Handicott

3

––33

N M Hollows––––

C G Thorne

4

55––

P L Watson––––

1 These columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a Director or member of the relevant Board Committee.

2 Mr Garling is also Chairman of the Rail Projects Committee.

3 Ms Handicott is also Chairman of the Disclosure Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis.

4 Dr Thorne is also Chairman of the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis.

Annual Report 2019 21
Indemnification of officers and auditors

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in

respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company,

the Company Secretary, all officers of the Company and of any

related body corporate against a liability incurred as a Director,

secretary or executive officer to the extent permitted by the

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of

the liability and the amount of the premium.

Downer’s Constitution includes indemnities, to the extent

permitted by law, for each Director and Company Secretary

of Downer and its subsidiaries against liability incurred in the

performance of their roles as officers. The Directors and the

Company Secretaries listed on pages 4 to 5, individuals who act

as a Director or Company Secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries and

certain individuals who formerly held any of these roles also have

the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.

The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial

year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of

the Company or of any related body corporate against a liability

incurred as such an officer or auditor.

Corporate Governance

In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate

behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the

ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance

Principles and Recommendations (ASX Principles). The Group’s

corporate governance statement is set out at pages 131 to 141 of

this Annual Report.

Non-audit services

Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit and

Risk Committee reviews the independence of the external

auditors on an annual basis. This process includes confirmation

from the auditors that, in their professional judgement, they are

independent of the Group. To ensure that there is no potential

conflict of interest in work undertaken by Downer’s external

auditors, KPMG, they may only provide services that are

consistent with the role of the Company’s auditor.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with

the advice from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that

the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible

with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed

by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed

below do not compromise the external auditor’s independence,

based on advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee,

for the following reasons:

–All non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to

ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity

of the auditor; and

–None of the services undermine the general principles

relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute

of Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s

Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional

Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional &

Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing the

auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision-

making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the

Company or jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out on

page 53 of this Annual Report.

During the year, details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit

services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related

practices and related audit firms were as follows:

Non-audit services

2019

$

Tax services338,957

Advisory and due diligence services275,000

613,957

Rounding of amounts

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations

(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports) Instrument 2016/191,

relating to the “rounding off” of amounts in the Directors’

Report and consolidated financial statements. Unless otherwise

stated, amounts have been rounded off to the nearest whole

number of millions of dollars and one place of decimals

representing hundreds of thousands of dollars. Amounts

shown as $- represent amounts less that $50,000 which have

been rounded down.

22 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Remuneration Report

Chairman’s letter

Dear Shareholders,

Downer’s 2019 Remuneration Report provides information about

the remuneration of its most senior executives and explains how

performance has been linked to reward outcomes at Downer for

the 2019 financial year.

At the last Annual General Meeting in November 2018, 93.2%

of all votes cast by shareholders were in favour of the 2018

Remuneration Report. The structure of the 2019 Remuneration

Report has been prepared with the same objective of providing

readers with a transparent view of key performance and

outcomes using the report structure adopted in previous years.

Strong financial and safety performance

Downer has once again delivered strong financial and

safety performance in 2019 and has continued to deliver

on its promises:

–Total Revenue was $13.4 billion, an increase of

6.6% from 2018;

–Underlying Net Profit After Tax and before Amortisation of

acquired intangibles (NPATA) was $340.1 million, an increase

of $5.1 million over underlying guidance given at the

start of the year;

–Conversion of EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax,

depreciation and amortisation) to cash continued to be

strong at 89.0%;

–Work-in-hand is now $44.3 billion, up 5.5%

from June 2018; and

–Downer’s Total Shareholder Return over the three years to

30 June 2019 was 116.7%, 85.2% higher than the ASX 100

median comparator group.

Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate decreased to 0.57

at 30 June 2019 and the Total Recordable Injury Frequency

Rate decreased to 2.70. Many of the activities that Downer’s

people perform every day have potential risks and ensuring

they remain safe is of paramount importance. Zero Harm is

central to Downer’s culture and our commitment to continuous

improvement in Zero Harm remains a core strategic objective.

Key remuneration issues in 2019

Downer continued to invest in its future through strategic

acquisitions and capital investments that have enhanced the

geographic footprint of the existing business, grown capability

and created new market positions which will maximise

long-term shareholder value. These include the acquisitions

of Boleh Consulting, The Roading Company, Envar Group,

FH Lismore and Rock N Road, a 50% interest in Repurpose It,

as well as the remaining interests in the MHPS Plant Services

and Downer Mouchel joint ventures.

The restructuring of Spotless and the integration of the

Spotless business into the Downer Group has also been

a major activity during 2019.

The impact of these major transactions on executive

remuneration can be significant. The Board’s overarching

concern is to ensure executives:

–Are accountable for delivery of the annual budget

and business plan; and

–Consider potential acquisition or divestment

opportunities without the influence of their impact

on remuneration outcomes.

For these and other reasons, where a transaction is both

material and unbudgeted, the Board’s policy is that it should

remove the impact of the transaction when calculating the

key performance indicators on which executive performance

is measured. This ensures that executives are ‘no better or

worse off’ as a result of the transaction.

In 2019, adjustments were made in respect of the Rock N Road

and Downer Mouchel acquisitions, in line with policy.

There were three items in 2019 which significantly affected

statutory results, which were the acceleration of capital

expenditure in the Mining business to take advantage of new

and extended contracts that were in the best interest of Downer,

a gain on revaluation of the existing interest in the Downer

Mouchel joint venture and Murra Warra Wind Farm loss.

The Board considers whether to adjust for the impact of

significant items (positive or negative) on a case by case basis,

having regard to the circumstances relevant to each item.

In 2019, adjustments were made in respect of the mining

capital expenditure and gain on revaluation of the existing

interest in the Downer Mouchel joint venture. No adjustment

was made in respect of the Murra Warra Wind Farm loss. The

adjustments that were made ensured that executives were

rewarded for performance against the operational performance

targets set at the beginning of the year absent the influence of

remuneration outcomes.

The adjustments resulted in the Group Free Cash Flow gateway

being met and part achievement of that measure for the

Corporate scorecard and reduced the level of achievement of

the Corporate NPATA measure and Earnings Before Interest,

Tax and Amortisation of acquired intangibles measure for the

Annual Report 2019 23
Mining, Energy and Industrial and Transport and Infrastructure

scorecards. For other measures there was no impact on

reward outcomes.

More information on the Board’s approach to the above activities

and their impact in 2019 can be found at sections 6.5 and 7.4 of

the Remuneration Report.

Link between Downer performance and reward outcomes

Downer is one of the few companies in its sector that provides

earnings guidance to the market each year. Downer has been

successful in meeting or exceeding this earnings guidance

for the last eight reporting periods.

Downer’s remuneration framework for key senior employees

has been very successful in aligning Downer’s strategy

and the creation of alignment between senior executives

and shareholders. As set out in this Remuneration Report,

Downer’s remuneration strategy continues to provide:

–A significant proportion of remuneration being at risk linked

to clear, objective measures;

–A profitability gateway as a precondition to any short-term

incentive entitlement;

–For deferral of 50% of short-term incentive payments over a

further two-year period; and

–The delivery of a significant proportion of pay in equity.

Remuneration framework review

Downer’s current remuneration framework was established

in 2008 and has been developed and refined over the

subsequent years.

In recent years, Downer has undergone transformational

change, including through the acquisitions of Tenix, Hawkins

and Spotless as well as the divestment of the Freight Rail

business and its revenue and market capitalisation have

grown significantly.

Accordingly, as foreshadowed in last year’s Remuneration Report,

the Board undertook a review of whether the remuneration

framework currently in place continued to be ‘fit for purpose’ for

today’s Downer. Guerdon Associates, the Board’s independent

remuneration adviser, was engaged to assist with the review.

The review concluded that Downer’s framework is well designed

and implemented to meet its needs. Further commentary on the

review can be found on page 25.

We trust that this overview and the accompanying detailed

analysis are helpful when forming your own views on Downer’s

remuneration arrangements.


R M Harding T G Handicott

Chairman Remuneration Committee Chairman

24 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Remuneration Report – AUDITED

The Remuneration Report provides information about the remuneration arrangements for key management personnel (KMP), which

means Non-executive Directors and the Group’s most senior executives, for the year to 30 June 2019. The term “executive” in this

Report means KMPs who are not Non-executive Directors.

The Report covers the following matters:

1. Year in review;

2. Details of Key Management Personnel;

3. Remuneration policy, principles and practices;

4. Relationship between remuneration policy and company performance;

5. The Board’s role in remuneration;

6. Description of executive remuneration;

7. Details of executive remuneration;

8. Executive equity ownership;

9. Key terms of employment contracts;

10. Related party information; and

11. Description of Non-executive Director remuneration.

1. Year in review

1.1 Summary of changes to remuneration policy

Downer has continued to refine its remuneration policy during the period. The Board considered Company strategy and reward plans

based on performance measurement, competitive position and stakeholder feedback. Changes to policy are noted in the relevant

sections of this Report and are summarised in the table below.

PolicyEnhancements since 2018

Short-term incentive (STI) plan –The Zero Harm measures for safety and environmental performance have been further

refined, building upon previous improvements to move with and support growth in

organisational maturity and ensure continual stretch and ongoing Zero Harm improvement

through requiring executives to:

–Reset the baseline for greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions to FY18 levels and development

of three-year plans for GHG emission reductions, setting targets for the achievement of

GHG emissions reduction and achieving FY19 targets;

–Conduct an operationally led review of Bow Tie analyses and critical analysis of critical

risk control performance and initiating a program of projects to improve the resilience of

critical controls; and

–Extend the critical risk observation program to also require observations to be

conducted in partnership with clients.

Long-term incentive (LTI) planFollowing on from the evolution of the Financial measures for earnings from Net Profit After Tax

(NPAT) to Net Profit After Tax and before Amortisation of acquired intangibles (NPATA) at the

Group level for the STI plan in 2018, NPATA has now replaced NPAT in the LTI plan. Adopting

NPATA ensures that reward remains focused on the delivery of operational performance.

Annual Report 2019 25
1.2 Remuneration Framework Review

Downer’s current remuneration framework was established in 2008 and has been developed and refined over the subsequent years.

In recent years, Downer has undergone transformational change in becoming Australia’s largest integrated services provider, including

through the acquisitions of Tenix, Hawkins and Spotless as well as the divestment of the Century Drilling and Freight Rail businesses

and its revenue and market capitalisation have grown significantly.

Accordingly, the Board, with the support of management, undertook a review of the framework currently in place to ensure it continues

to be ‘fit for purpose’ for today’s Downer. The Board’s independent remuneration adviser, Guerdon Associates, was engaged to assist

with this review.

The review included consideration of the objectives of the framework, which were confirmed as simplicity, performance, alignment

with shareholders, collaboration, sustainability and retention as well as assessment of the effectiveness of the framework in meeting

these objectives and its alignment with strategy and stakeholder expectations to ensure it is well designed to appropriately reward

performance and drive corporate culture. This involved comparing each objective against the relevant elements of the framework,

including the remuneration component mix, key result areas and measures, targets, payment vehicles, incentive grant basis, deferral

or claw back mechanisms, performance modifiers, Board discretion adjustment mechanisms and minimum shareholding requirements.

The review by Guerdon Associates concluded that the framework was well designed to meet its objectives, recommending that

consideration be given to enhancing the effectiveness of the framework in meeting the retention objective, notwithstanding that

the current framework satisfactorily addressed retention. Following presentation by Guerdon Associates of options to enhance the

retention elements of the framework, it was determined that, on balance, any changes would decrease the overall effectiveness of the

framework, and accordingly no changes were made.

2. Details of Key Management Personnel

The following persons acted as Directors of the Company during or since the end of the most recent financial year:

DirectorRole

R M Harding

G A Fenn

S A Chaplain

P S Garling

T G Handicott

N M Hollows

C G Thorne

P L Watson

Chairman, Independent Non-executive Director

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Independent Non-executive Director

Independent Non-executive Director

Independent Non-executive Director

Independent Non-executive Director

Independent Non-executive Director

Independent Non-executive Director

The named persons held their current executive position for the whole of the most recent financial year, except as noted:

ExecutiveRole

S Cinerari

M J Ferguson

S L Killeen

D Nelson

B C Petersen

P J Tompkins

Chief Executive Officer – Transport and Infrastructure

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Executive Officer – New Zealand

Chief Executive Officer – Spotless, to 15 October 2018

Chief Executive Officer – Mining, Energy and Industrial Services

Chief Executive Officer – Spotless, from 16 October 2018

26 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

3. Remuneration policy, principles and practices

3.1 Executive remuneration policy

Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table below.

PolicyPractices aligned with policy

Retain experienced, proven

performers, and those

considered to have high

potential for succession

–Provide remuneration that is internally fair;

–Ensure remuneration is competitive with the external market; and

–Defer a substantial part of pay contingent on continuing service and sustained performance.

Focus performance –Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on performance against targets;

–Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by linking pay to their achievement;

–Require profitability to reach a challenging level before any bonus payments can be made; and

–Provide a LTI plan component that rewards consistent Scorecard performance over multiple

years and over which executives have a clear line of sight.

Provide a Zero

Harm environment

–Incorporate measures that embody “Zero Harm” for Downer’s employees, contractors,

communities and the environment as a significant component of reward.

Manage risk –Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for achieving both short-term and longer-term

results, and deferring equity-based reward vesting after performance has been initially tested;

–Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with reasonable but not excessive risk taking and

cap maximum incentive payments;

–Do not provide excessive “cliff” reward vesting that may encourage excessive risk taking as a

performance threshold is approached;

–Diversify risk and limit the prospects of unintended consequences from focusing on just one

measure in both short-term and long-term incentive plans;

–Stagger vesting of deferred short-term incentive payments to encourage retention and allow

forfeiture of rewards that are the result of misconduct or material adjustments;

–Retain full Board discretion to vary incentive payments, including in the event of excessive

risk taking; and

–Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure compliance with the Company’s Securities

Trading Policy.

Align executive interests with

those of shareholders

–Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as equity so part of executive reward is

linked to shareholder value performance;

–Provide a long-term incentive that is based on consistent Scorecard performance against

challenging targets set each year that reflect sector volatility and prevailing economic

conditions as well as relative TSR and earnings per share measures directly related to

shareholder value;

–Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for the Managing Director;

–Exclude the short-term impact of unbudgeted and opportunistic acquisitions and divestments

from performance assessment to encourage agility and responsiveness;

–Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading restriction for all executives and

payment of LTI components in shares; and

–Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject to a trading lock to ensure alignment

with shareholder outcomes.

Attract experienced,

proven performers

–Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to attract proven and experienced

executives from secure positions in other companies and retain existing executives.

Annual Report 2019 27
4. Relationship between remuneration policy

and company performance

4.1 Company strategy and remuneration

Downer’s business strategy includes:

–Maintaining focus on Zero Harm by continually improving

health, safety and environmental performance to achieve

Downer’s goal of zero work-related injuries and significant

environmental incidents;

–Driving growth in core markets through focusing on serving

existing customers better across multiple products and

service offerings, growing capabilities and investing in

innovation, research and development and community and

Indigenous partnerships;

–Creating new strategic positions through enhanced value

add services that improve propositions for customers and

exporting established core competencies into new overseas

markets with current customers of the Company;

–Reducing risk and enhancing the Company’s capability

to withstand threats, take advantage of opportunities and

reduce cyclical volatility;

–Obtaining better utilisation of assets and improved margins

through simplifying and driving efficiency;

–Identifying opportunities to manage the Downer portfolio

through partnering, acquisition and divestment that deliver

long-term shareholder value; and

–Maintaining flexibility to be able to adapt to the changing

economic and competitive environment to ensure Downer

delivers shareholder value.

The Company’s remuneration policy complements

this strategy by:

–Incorporating Company-wide performance requirements for

both STI and LTI reward vesting for earnings (NPATA), Free

Cash Flow (FFO) and People measures to encourage cross-

divisional collaboration;

–Incorporating performance metrics that focus on cash flow to

reduce working capital and debt exposure;

–Setting NPATA, EBITA and FFO STI performance and

gateway requirements based on effective application of funds

employed to run the business for better capital efficiency;

–Employing FFO as the cash measure for the STI to provide

more emphasis on control of capital expenditure;

–Excluding the short-term impacts of opportunistic and

unbudgeted acquisitions and divestments on incentive

outcomes to encourage flexibility, responsiveness and

growth consistent with strategy;

–Deferring 50% of STI awards to encourage sustainable

performance and a longer-term focus;

–Incorporating consistent financial performance in the LTIP

Scorecard measure;

–Emphasis on Zero Harm measures in the STI to maintain the

Company’s position as a Zero Harm leader and employer

and service provider of choice, thereby delivering a

competitive advantage; and

–Encouraging engagement with and the development

and retention of its people to help maintain a sustainable

supply of talent.

4.2 Remuneration linked to performance

The link to performance is provided by:

–Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration

to vary with short-term and long-term performance;

–Applying a profitability gateway to be achieved before

an STI calculation for executives is made;

–Applying further Zero Harm gateways to be

achieved before calculating any reward for safety or

environmental performance;

–Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures

to assess performance;

–Ensuring that these measures focus management

on strategic business objectives that create

shareholder value; and

–Delivering a significant proportion of payment in equity

for alignment with shareholder interests.

Downer measures performance on the following key

corporate measures:

–Earnings per share (EPS) growth;

–Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASX 100

companies (excluding ASX “Financials” sector companies);

–G r o u p N PATA ;

–Divisional EBITA;

–FFO;

–Engagement with Downer’s people; and

–“Zero Harm” measures of safety and environmental

sustainability.

Remuneration for all executives varies with performance on

these key measures.

28 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

The following graph shows the Company’s performance compared to the median performance of the ASX 100 over the three-year

period to 30 June 2019.

The graphs below illustrate Downer’s performance against key financial and non-financial performance indicators over the

last five years.

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

210.2

180.6181.5

247.8

1

258.3

2

$’m

Net profit after tax

2015

2016

2018

2017

2019

1. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions and individually significant items.

2. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions.

0

10

20

30

40

50

43.9

38.0

35.8

10.7

42.9

Cents per share

Basic earnings per share

5

2015

2016

2018

2017

2019

5. Historical basic earnings per share were restated as a result of 169.9 million

shares issued from the capital raising made as part of the Spotless takeover

offer announced on 21 March 2017. The weighted average number of shares

(WANOS) to calculate EPS was adjusted by an adjustment factor of 0.943.

0

100

200

300

400

344.3

242.3

203.0

3

178.3

3

185.7

4

$’m

Free cash flow

2015

2016

2018

2017

2019

3. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions, including payment for

Spotless shares.

4. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions.

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

Total Recordable Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

TRIFRLTIFR

Safety

0.70

0.87

0.66

0.55

0.78

0.57

2015

2016

2018

2017

2019

0

* S&P/ASX 100 companies as at 30/06/2016

Total Shareholder Return (Indexed to 100)

S&P/ASX 100 median TSR

Downer EDI TSR

Downer EDI TSR compared to S&P/ASX 100 median*

50

100

150

200

250

Jun

2016

Dec

2016

Jun

2017

Dec

2017

Jun

2018

Dec

2018

Jun

2019

Annual Report 2019 29
5. The Board’s role in remuneration

The Board engages with shareholders, management and other stakeholders as required, to continuously refine and improve executive

and Director remuneration policies and practices.

Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They are the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee.

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to review and make recommendations to the Board in relation to executives in respect of:

–Executive remuneration and incentive policy;

–Remuneration of senior executives of the Company;

–Executive reward and its impact on risk management;

–Executive incentive plans;

–Equity-based incentive plans;

–Superannuation arrangements;

–Recruitment, retention, performance measurement and termination policies and procedures for all Key Management Personnel and

senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director;

–Disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public materials including ASX filings and the Annual Report; and

–Retirement payments for all Key Management Personnel and senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending and reviewing remuneration arrangements

for the Executive Director and Non-executive Directors of the Company.

Each Committee has the authority to engage external professional advisers without seeking approval of the Board or management.

During the reporting period, the Remuneration Committee retained Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd as its adviser. Guerdon Associates Pty

Ltd does not provide services to management and is considered to be independent.

Remuneration arrangements for executives of Spotless are set by the Board of Spotless. Spotless’ People and Remuneration Committee

is comprised of two independent Directors and one Director nominated by Downer.

Details of the remuneration structure and arrangements for 2019 for the Chief Executive Officer – Spotless, as established by the

Spotless Board, are outlined at section 6.7.

30 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

6. Description of executive remuneration

6.1 Executive remuneration structure

Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a component that varies with performance.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually for performance

periods covering one year and three years. Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. Payment for performance over

a three-year period is an LTI.

In order for maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must achieve a stretch goal that is a clear margin above the planned budget for

the period. This enables the Company to attract and retain better performing executives, and ensures pay outcomes are aligned with

shareholder returns.

Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is payable on achievement of planned objectives. For executives the target

STI is 75% of the maximum STI. The maximum total remuneration that can be earned by an executive is capped. The maximums are

determined as a percentage of fixed remuneration.

Executive position

Target

STI % of

fixed

remuneration

Maximum

STI % of

fixed

remuneration

Maximum

LTI % of

fixed

remuneration

Maximum total

performance

based pay as a % of

fixed remuneration

Managing Director

Executives appointed prior to 2011

Executives appointed from 2011

75

75

56.25

100

100

75

100

75

50

200

175

125

The proportions of STI to LTI take into account:

–Market practice;

–The service period before executives can receive equity rewards;

–The behaviours that the Board seeks to encourage through direct key performance indicators; and

–The guideline for the Managing Director to maintain a shareholding as a multiple of pay after long-term incentive

rewards have vested.

6.2 Fixed remuneration

Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor vehicles,

car parking, living away from home expenses and fringe benefits tax.

The level of remuneration is set to be able to retain proven performers and when necessary to attract the most suitable external

candidates from secure employment elsewhere.

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of direct competitors and a sector peer group. While market levels of remuneration

are monitored on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any adjustments will be made.

No adjustment has been made to remuneration for the Managing Director since July 2012.

Annual Report 2019 31
6.3 Short-term incentive

6.3.1 STI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2019 STI plan.

Purpose of STI plan –Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over 12-month period;

–Improve “Zero Harm” and people related results; and

–Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s 12-month performance.

Minimum performance “gateway”

before any payments can be made

Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted Group NPATA for corporate executives and

Division EBITA for divisional heads.

Maximum STI that can be earned –KMP appointed pre 2011: up to 100% of fixed remuneration; and

–KMP appointed from 2011: up to 75% of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can

be earned on achieving

target expectations

75% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target

expectations will be required.

Individual

Performance Modifier (IPM)

–An IPM may be applied based on an executive’s individual key performance indicators and

relative performance;

–Moderate individual performance may result in an IPM of less than 1 or outstanding

performance may result in an IPM greater than 1. The IPM must average 1 across all

participants; and

–Application of an IPM cannot result in an award greater than the maximum STI% level set out

in section 6.1.

Discretion to vary paymentsThe Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment

applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period1 July 2018 to 30 June 2019.

Performance assessedAugust 2019, following audit of accounts.

Additional service period

after performance period for

payment to be made

50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award and

the second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award.

Payment timingSeptember 2019 for the first cash payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components

of the STI payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of

25% of the award.

Form of paymentCash for initial payment.

The value of deferred components will be settled in cash or shares, net of personal tax. An

eligible leaver’s deferred components will be settled in shares or in cash in the sole and absolute

discretion of the Board.

Performance requirementsGroup NPATA and divisional EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and people measures.

Board discretionThe Board may exercise discretion to:

–Reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred components that are due to vest in certain

circumstances, including where an executive has acted inappropriately or where the Board

considers that the financial results against which the STI performance measures were tested

were incorrect in a material respect or have been reversed or restated; and

–Settle deferred components in shares or cash.

New recruitsNew executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the STI

in the year in which they commence in their position with a pro-rata entitlement.

Terminating executivesThere is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the end of

the financial year. Where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the

unvested deferred components will be forfeited. However, the Board has retained discretion to

vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the executive

is judged to be an eligible leaver.

32 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

6.3.2 STI overview

The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with annual performance. This has been applied to performance measured

over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2019.

The basis of the plan is designed to align STI outcomes with financial results. No STI is paid unless a minimum profit gateway is met. For

corporate executives, the gateway is based on the Group budgeted profit target. For divisional executives, the gateway is based on the

division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA for corporate executives and EBITA for divisional executives.

This minimum must be at a challenging level to justify the payment of STI to an executive, and deliver an acceptable return for the

funds employed in running the business. Positive and negative impacts from material but unbudgeted and opportunistic transactions

are excluded from gateway assessment. Whether to exclude the impact of significant items (positive or negative) is considered on a

case by case basis.

As noted in section 6.1, the maximum STI that can be earned is capped to minimise excessive risk taking.

Deferral is a key feature as part of the STI structure. Payment of 50% of the award is paid at the time of award in cash and the remaining

50% of the award earned is deferred over two years.

The first payment of 50% of the award will be in cash after finalisation of the annual audited results. The payment of the deferred

component of the award will be in the form of two tranches, each to the value of 25% of the award.

The deferred components represent an entitlement to cash or shares, subject to the satisfaction of a continued employment condition.

The first tranche will vest one year following award and the second tranche will vest two years following award, provided an executive

remains employed by the Group at the time of vesting.

The value of deferred components will generally be settled in shares, net of applicable personal tax. This is designed to encourage

executive share ownership, and not adversely impact executives who have to meet their taxation obligations arising from the vesting

of the deferred components. However, the Board retains the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, and will

generally have regard to an executive’s individual circumstances and existing level of equity ownership.

No dividend entitlements are attached to the deferred components during the vesting period.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the deferred components will be forfeited. However,

the Board has retained the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the executive

is judged to be an eligible leaver.

6.3.3 How STI payments are assessed

Target STI plan percentage of payAn individual’s target incentive under the STI plan is expressed as a percentage of fixed

remuneration. The STI plan percentage is set according to policy tabulated in section 6.1.

Organisational or divisional

scorecard result

As a principle, “target” achievement would be represented at budget. Thresholds and

maximums are also set.

Individual Performance

Modifier (IPM)

At the end of the plan year, eligible employees are provided with an IPM against their key

performance indicators and relative performance. Individual key performance indicators are set

between the individual and the Managing Director (if reporting to the Managing Director) or the

Board (if the Managing Director) at the start of the performance period. IPMs must average to 1.

STI plan incentive calculationFixed remuneration x maximum STI plan percentage x scorecard result x IPM.

Annual Report 2019 33
6.3.4 STI performance requirements

Overall performance is assessed on Group NPATA, Divisional EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and a measure of employee engagement.

NPATA and EBITA include joint ventures and associates and include, inter alia, changes in accounting policy. NPATA and EBITA provide

transparency on operational business performance, align with how Downer presents its results to the market and allow for easier

understanding of alignment between performance and remuneration outcomes. The Board considers this approach to be appropriate

as the Board is the ultimate decision maker for transactions that give rise to acquired intangibles that result in the amortisation expense

and the impact of amortisation of acquired intangibles, which in nature relate to long-term strategic decisions, remains reflected in

incentive outcomes through the EPS measure in the LTI plan.

FFO is defined as net cash from operating activities (i.e. EBIT plus non-cash items in operating profit plus distributions received

from JVs or associates plus movements in working capital plus movements in operating assets less net interest less tax paid), less

investing cash flow.

Zero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to safety and environmental, social and governance matters. The Zero Harm element

includes safety and environmental measures, underscoring Downer’s commitment to customers, employees, regulators and the

communities in which it operates.

The measures for the Zero Harm element of the scorecard are as follows:

MeasureTarget

Safety

TRIFR (total recordable injury

frequency rate)

LTIFR (lost time injury

frequency rate)

Achieve TRIFR and LTIFR below defined threshold levels for area of responsibility. TRIFR

is calculated as the number of recordable injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked in

12 months. LTIFR is calculated as the number of lost time injuries x 1,000,000/the hours

worked in 12 months.

Environmental

GHG Emission Reductions

Reset the baseline year to FY18 and develop three-year Plan for GHG emission reductions.

Set targets identified for greenhouse gas emission reductions and the achievement of FY19

greenhouse emission reduction targets for the area of control.

Critical risksConduct an operationally led review of Bow Tie analyses. Critically analyse critical risk control

performance and initiate a program of projects to improve the resilience of critical controls.

Zero Harm LeadershipPerformance of a minimum number of critical risk observations by senior executives within the

relevant area of control, other areas of Downer and in partnership with clients.

Should a workplace fatality or serious environmental incident occur, the relevant safety or environmental portion of the STI is foregone.

Weightings applied to the 2019 STI scorecard measures for all executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in

the table below.

ExecutiveG r o u p N PATADivisional EBITAFree cash flowZero HarmPeople

Corporate30%–30%30%10%

Business unit7. 5%22.5%30%

(7.5% Group,

22.5% division)

30%10%

(3% Group,

7% division)

The Board has discretion to vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment applicable to the level of performance achieved,

up to the maximum for that executive.

Specific details of STI performance requirements are set out in section 7.3.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons for it

will be disclosed.

34 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

6.4 Long-term incentive

6.4.1 LTI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2019 LTI plan.

Purpose of LTI plan –Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over three-year period;

–Manage risk by countering any tendency to over-emphasise short-term performance to the

detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability; and

–Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s longer-term performance.

Maximum value of equity

that can be granted

–Managing Director: 100% of fixed remuneration;

–KMP appointed pre-2011: 75% of fixed remuneration; and

–KMP appointed from 2011: 50% of fixed remuneration.

Performance period1 July 2018 to 30 June 2021.

Performance assessedSeptember 2021.

Additional service period

after performance period

for shares to vest

Performance rights for which the relevant performance vesting condition is satisfied will not vest

unless executives remain employed with the Group on 30 June 2022.

Performance rights vestJuly 2022.

Form of award and paymentPerformance rights.

Performance conditionsThere are three performance conditions. Each applies to one-third of the performance rights granted

to each executive.

Relative TSR

The relative TSR performance condition is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to the

TSR of companies comprising the ASX 100 index, excluding financial services companies, at the start

of the performance period, measured over the three years to 30 June 2021.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the relative TSR

test is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s

TSR Ranking

Percentage of performance rights subject to TSR condition that

qualify for vesting

< 50th percentile0%

50th percentile30%

Above 50th and below

75th percentile

Pro rata so that 2.8% of the performance rights in the tranche will

vest for every 1 percentile increase between the 50th percentile and

75th percentile

75th percentile and above100%

Annual Report 2019 35
EPS growth

The EPS growth performance condition is based on the Company’s compound annual EPS growth

over the three years to 30 June 2021.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the EPS growth

test is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s EPS

compound annual growth

Percentage of performance rights subject to EPS condition that

qualify for vesting

< 5%0%

5%30%

Above 5% to < 10%Pro rata so that 14% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest

for every 1% increase in EPS growth between 5% and 10%

10% or more100%

Scorecard

The Scorecard performance condition is based on the Group’s NPATA and FFO for each of the

three years to 30 June 2021. These measures are considered to be key drivers of shareholder value.

Accordingly, they have been included in the LTI plan to reward sustainable financial performance.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the Scorecard test

is shown in the table below:

Scorecard result

Percentage of performance rights subject to Scorecard condition

that qualify for vesting

< 90%0%

90%30%

Above 90% to < 110%Pro rata so that 3.5% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest

for every 1% increase in the Scorecard result between 90% and 110%

110% or more100%

How performance rights and

shares are acquired

The rights are issued by the Company and held by the participant subject to the satisfaction of

the vesting conditions. The number of rights held may be adjusted pro-rata, consistent with ASX

adjustment factors, for any capital restructures.

If the rights vest, executives can exercise them to receive shares that are normally acquired on-market.

Treatment of dividends

and voting rights on

performance rights

Performance rights do not have voting rights or accrue dividends.

Restriction on hedgingHedging of entitlements under the plan by executives is not permitted.

Restriction on tradingVested shares arising from the rights may only be traded with the approval of the Remuneration

Committee. Approval requires that trading comply with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

New participantsNew executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the LTI on

the first grant date applicable to all executives after they commence in their position. An additional

pro-rata entitlement if their employment commenced after the grant date in the prior calendar year

may be made on a discretionary basis.

Terminating executivesWhere an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will

be forfeited. However, the Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain

circumstances including the death, total and permanent disability or retirement of an executive. In

these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

36 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Change of controlOn the occurrence of a change of control event, and providing at least 12 months of the grants’

performance period have elapsed, unvested performance rights pro rated with the elapsed service

period are tested for vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR, EPS growth or

Scorecard requirements for that relevant period. Vesting will occur to the extent the performance

conditions are met. Performance rights that have already been tested, have met performance

requirements and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

6.4.2 LTI overview

Executives participate in a LTI plan. This is an equity-based plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company performance over

three-year measures of performance. Three-year measures of performance are considered to be the maximum reasonable time period

for setting incentive targets for earnings per share and are generally consistent with market practice in the Company’s sector.

The payment is in the form of performance rights. The performance rights do not have any dividend entitlements or voting rights. If all

the vesting requirements are satisfied, the performance rights will vest and the executives will receive shares in the Company or cash at

the discretion of the Board.

The 2019 LTI represents an entitlement to performance rights to ordinary shares exercisable subject to satisfaction of both a

performance condition and a continued employment condition. Grants will be in three equal tranches, with each tranche subject to an

independent performance requirement. The performance requirements for each tranche will share two common features:

–Once minimum performance conditions are met, the proportion of performance rights that qualify for vesting commences at 30%

and gradually increases pro rata with performance. This approach provides a strong motivation for meeting minimum performance,

but avoids a large “cliff” which may encourage excessive risk taking; and

–The maximum reward is capped at a “stretch” performance level that is considered attainable without excessive risk taking.

Performance for the 2019 LTI grants will be measured over the three-year period to 30 June 2021.

The proportion of performance rights that can vest will be calculated in September 2021, but executives will be required to remain in

service until 30 June 2022 to be eligible to receive any shares.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will be forfeited. However, the Board will

retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain circumstances such as the death, total and permanent disability or

retirement of an executive. In these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

After vesting, any shares will remain subject to a trading restriction that is governed by the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

All unvested performance rights will be forfeited if the Board determines that an executive has committed an act of fraud, defalcation or

gross misconduct or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Board.

Annual Report 2019 37
6.4.3 Performance requirements

One tranche of performance rights in the 2019 LTI grant will

qualify for vesting subject to performance relative to other

companies, while the other two tranches of performance rights

will qualify for vesting subject to separate, independent absolute

performance requirements.

The relative performance requirement applicable to the first

tranche of performance rights is based on total shareholder

return (TSR). TSR is calculated as the difference in share

price over the performance period, plus the value of shares

earned from reinvesting dividends received over this period,

expressed as a percentage of the share price at the beginning

of the performance period. If the TSR for each company in the

comparator group is ranked from highest to lowest, the median

TSR is the percentage return to shareholders that exceeds the

TSR for half of the comparison companies. The 75th percentile

TSR is the percentage return required to exceed the TSR for 75%

of the comparison companies.

Performance rights in the tranche to which the relative TSR

performance requirement applies will vest pro rata between the

median and 75th percentile. That is, 30% of the tranche vest at

the 50th percentile, 32.8% at the 51st percentile, 35.6% at the

52nd percentile and so on until 100% vest at the 75th percentile.

The comparator group for the 2019 LTI grants will be the

companies, excluding financial services companies, in the

ASX 100 index as at the start of the performance period on

1 July 2018. Consideration has been given to using a smaller

group of direct competitors for comparison, however:

–Limiting the comparator group to a small number of direct

competitors could result in very volatile outcomes from

period to period; and

–Management’s strong focus on improving the Company’s

ranking among ASX 100 companies has become embedded

in Company culture, so reinforcing this rather than trying to

dislodge it with another focus was considered desirable.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the

second tranche of performance rights is based on Earnings per

Share (EPS) growth over the three-year performance period

to 30 June 2021. The EPS measure is based on AASB 133

Earnings per Share.

The tranche of performance rights dependent on the EPS

performance condition will vest pro rata between 5% compound

annual EPS growth and 10% compound annual EPS growth.

Vesting applies on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting the

minimum compound annual EPS growth performance level of 5%

to 100% at 10% annual compound annual EPS growth. Capping

reduces the tendency for excessive risk taking and volatility that

may be encouraged if the annual compound EPS growth bar

is set above 10%.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to

the third tranche of performance rights is based on the

Scorecard condition over the three-year performance period

to 30 June 2021.

The Scorecard condition is designed to:

–Strengthen retention through the setting of challenging

targets on an annual basis that reflect prevailing market

conditions, for a portion of LTI awards;

–Align with the STI plan to encourage a long-term approach to

achieving annual financial performance targets;

–Improve the line of sight for executives so as to increase

motivation and focus on consistent performance; and

–Focus on performance sustainability through reward of

consistent achievement of absolute performance targets

over the long term.

The Scorecard condition is comprised of two independent

absolute components of equal weighting. These components are

based on Group NPATA and Group FFO.

The performance of each component will be measured over the

three-year period to 30 June 2021.

NPATA and FFO targets are set at the beginning of each of the

three financial years. The performance of each component will

be assessed each year relative to the targets. Performance of

each component will be determined as the average of the annual

performance assessments for the three years. The performance

rights will vest on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting the

minimum three-year average component performance level

of 90% of target to 100% at the capped maximum three-year

average component performance level of 110% of target.

The processes and timing applicable for the Scorecard measure

are outlined below:

TimingActions

At the beginning

of the plan

Weighting of components is determined.

In 2019 the components are

equally weighted.

At the beginning of

each financial year

NPATA and FFO target performance

levels are set.

At the end of

each financial year

–Calculate actual performance; and

–Assess actual performance compared

to target to determine performance

percentage for the year.

At the end of

three years

–Calculate average annual performance

for each component; and

–Calculate award based on performance

against the vesting range.

At the end of

four years

Consider the continued service condition

and determine vesting.

38 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

6.4.4 Post-vesting shareholding guideline

The Managing Director is required to continue holding shares

after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has been

attained. This guideline requires that the Managing Director

holds vested long-term incentive shares equal in value to 100%

of his fixed remuneration. The Managing Director’s shareholding

is currently well in excess of the guideline.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow

variations from this guideline requirement. The guideline

requirement has been developed to reinforce alignment with

shareholder interests.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional

circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the

reasons for it will be disclosed.

6.5 Treatment of major transactions

Downer has delivered significant shareholder value through a

long history of strategic mergers, acquisitions and divestments.

On each occasion, the Board considers the impact of these

transactions. Where a transaction is both material and

unbudgeted, the Board considers whether it is appropriate

to adjust for its impact on the key performance indicators on

which executive performance is measured. The objective of any

adjustment is to ensure that opportunities to add value through

an opportunistic divestment or acquisition should not be

fettered by consideration of the impact on incentive payments.

That is, executives should be ‘no better or worse off’ as a result

of the transaction. No adjustments are made for market reactions

to a transaction as the Board believes that management is

accountable for those outcomes.

The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it:

–Ensures that executives and the Board consider these

transactions solely based on the best interests of Downer;

–Means executives remain accountable for transaction

execution and post-transaction performance from the

next budget cycle;

–Ensures that executives complete opportunistic transactions

that are in the long-term interest of shareholders;

–Is consistent with the Board’s long-term view when

considering the value of major transactions to Downer’s

shareholders; and

–Ensures Downer remains agile and responsive in managing

its portfolio by pursuing opportunities as and when

they emerge rather than be constrained by the annual

budget process.

In assessing Zero Harm performance of executives, the results

of acquired businesses are excluded for a period of 12 months

post-acquisition to ensure that management is accountable for

the objectives set in the annual business planning process and

in recognition that an integration period during which Downer’s

Zero Harm framework (including systems, processes, definitions

and measurement and reporting methods) is implemented

through the acquired business is appropriate. Where this

transition to Downer’s framework takes place over a longer

period due to the complexity of the implementation or the

maturity profile of the acquired business, the Board will consider

an extension to a more appropriate period.

6.6 Treatment of significant items

From time to time, Downer’s performance is impacted by

significant items. Where these occur, the Board considers

whether to adjust for their impact (positive or negative) on

a case by case basis, having regard to the circumstances

relevant to each item.

The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it

ensures that executives and the Board make decisions solely

based on the best interests of Downer.

6.7 Chief Executive Officer – Spotless

Downer has an interest of 87.8% in Spotless Group Holdings

Limited (Spotless). Remuneration arrangements for executives

of Spotless are set by the Board of Spotless. Spotless’ People

and Remuneration Committee is comprised of two independent

Directors and one Director nominated by Downer.

Following is a summary of the remuneration structure

and arrangements for FY19 for P Tompkins in his role as

Chief Executive Officer – Spotless as established by the

Spotless Board.

6.7.1 Remuneration structure

The remuneration for the CEO – Spotless has a fixed component

and a component that varies with performance.

Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of

providing employee benefits, including superannuation and other

non-cash benefits.

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of

competitors. While market levels of remuneration are monitored

on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or

expectation that any adjustments will be made.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay

varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually

for performance periods covering one year and three years.

Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI.

Payment for performance assessed over three years is an LTI.

In 2018, the Spotless Board determined that it was inappropriate

to grant performance rights under the LTI, which was based on

EPS and TSR performance hurdles, due to the low level of free

float shares in Spotless and lack of trading liquidity following the

takeover by Downer. Accordingly, for 2019 the Spotless Board

determined it was appropriate that P Tompkins – Chief Executive

Officer – Spotless, participate in the Downer Group Long Term

Incentive Plan.

Annual Report 2019 39
6.7.2 STI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the Spotless 2019 STI plan.

Minimum performance “gateway”

before any payments can be made

Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted NPATA must be met before any STI

payment can be made. A further Zero Harm gateway must be met for an award for safety

performance to be made.

Maximum STI that can be earned75% of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can

be earned on achieving

target expectations

56.25% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target

expectations will be required.

Discretion to vary paymentsThe Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 50% from the payment

applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period1 July 2018 to 30 June 2019.

Performance assessedAugust 2019, following audit of accounts.

Additional service period

after performance period for

payment to be made

50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award and

the second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award.

Payment timingSeptember 2019 for the first payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components of

the STI payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of

25% of the award.

Form of paymentPayments are made in cash.

Performance requirementsThe Spotless performance scorecard is comprised of the following measures:

Measure Weighting

G r o u p N PAT 7. 5%

Divisional EBIT 22.5%

Group FFO 7. 5%

Divisional FFO 22.5%

Zero Harm – Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 30%

People – talent and succession planning, regrettable turnover 10%

Board discretionThe Board may exercise discretion to reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred

components that are due to vest in certain circumstances, including where an executive has

acted inappropriately or where the Board considers that the financial results against which

the STI performance measures were tested were incorrect in a material respect or have been

reversed or restated.

Terminating executivesThere is no STI entitlement where employment terminates prior to the end of the financial year.

Where employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the unvested deferred components will

be forfeited other than where the Spotless Board judges the executive to be an eligible leaver.

Further information on Spotless’ remuneration practices is contained in its Remuneration Report which can be found on the Spotless

website www.spotless.com.

40 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

7. Details of executive remuneration

7.1 Remuneration received in relation to the 2019 financial year

Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash and an LTI in the form of

performance rights that vest four years later, subject to meeting performance and continued employment conditions.

The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2019 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, cash STIs

relating to 2019, deferred STIs payable in 2019 in respect of prior years and the value of LTI grants that vested during the 2019 financial

year. This information differs to that provided in the statutory remuneration table at section 7.2 which shows the accounting expense

of LTIs and deferred STIs for 2019 determined in accordance with accounting standards rather than the value of LTI grants that vested

during the year.

Fixed

Remuneration

1


$

Cash Bonus paid

or payable in

respect of

current year

2


$

Deferred

Bonus paid

or payable in

respect of

prior years

4


$

To t a l

payments

$

Equity

that vested

during 2019

3


$

To t a l

remuneration

received

$

G A Fenn2 ,07 7, 247746,800902,2003 ,726, 2472,548,3476, 274,594

S Cinerari1,134,090481,580494,0652,109,735802,7312,912,466

M J Ferguson937,500280,050269,4991,487,049–1,487,049

S L Killeen850,134303,371134,7951,288,300–1,288,300

D Nelson323,155––323,155–323,155

B C Petersen1,101,453371,374299,5291,772,356–1,772,356

P J Tompkins710,136109,874178,526998,536–998,536

7,133,7152,293,0492,278,61411,705,3783,351,07815,056,456

1 Fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, payment of leave entitlements, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.

2 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2019 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of the

award. The remaining 50% of the total award is deferred as described in section 6.3.

3 Represents the value of restricted shares granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of restricted shares that vested multiplied by the

closing market prices of Downer shares on the vesting date.

4 Deferred Bonus represents the deferred cash bonus amount to be paid in September 2019, being the second deferred component of the 2017 award and the first deferred

component of the 2018 award, being 25% of each award.

Annual Report 2019 41
7.2 Remuneration of executive key management personnel required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

2019

Short-term employee

benefits

Post-employment

benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash

Bonus

paid or

payable in

respect

of current

year

2

$

Deferred

Bonus

paid or

payable

4

$

Non-

monetary

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Te r m -

ination

Benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-

based

payment

transac-

tions

3

$

To t a l

$

G A Fenn1,7 74,469746,800821,975282 , 24720,531––3,646,0221,081,1564,727,178

S Cinerari1,079,469481,580488,49225,03029,591––2,104,162421,6692,525,831

M J Ferguson904,567280,050273,48212,40220,531––1,491,032295,4001,786,432

S L Killeen824,997303,371222,58538724,750––1,376,090163,3901,539,480

D Nelson

1

312,889–––10,266–1,040,2331,363,388–1,363,388

B C Petersen1,079,469371,374325,3681,45320,531––1,798,195294,2662,092,461

P J Tompkins

1

686,640109,874149,8348,92514,571––969,844160,1081,129,952

6,662,5002,293,0492,281,736330,444140,771–1,040,23312,748,7332,415,98915,164,722

1 Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were Key Management Personnel (KMP).

2 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2019 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of

the award.

3 Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in section 8.3. Vesting of the majority of securities remains

subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.4.

4 Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2019 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period from the

commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

2018

Short-term employee

benefits

Post-employment

benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash Bonus

paid or

payable in

respect

of current

year

2

$

Deferred

Bonus paid

or payable

4

$

Non-

monetary

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-based

payment

transac-

tions

3

$

To t a l

$

G A Fenn1,766,618840,300859,283273,65620,049–3,759,9061,373,2755,133,181

S Cinerari1,038,284492,580491,05414,08430,377–2,066,379546,2502,612,629

M J Ferguson792,549267, 8 46224,58312,40220,049–1,317,429211,2201,528,649

S L Killeen750,268200,476109,8547,13071,787–1,139,51586,1001,225,615

M J Miller

1

450,420156,576192,51119,77313,689–832,969187,06 31,020,032

D Nelson

1

931,394506,237210,9322,30015,037–1,665,900–1,665,900

D J Overall

1

785,743–335,9842,31912,829–1,136,875161,5001,298,375

B C Petersen821,267283,146260,14011,32420,049–1,395,926276,3511,672,277

7,336,5432 ,747,1612 ,684,341342,988203,866–13,314,8992 ,841,75916,156,658

1 Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were Key Management Personnel (KMP).

2 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2018 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of

the award.

3 Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in section 8.3. Vesting of the majority of securities remains

subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.4.

4 Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2018 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period from the

commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of the financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

42 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

7.3 Performance related remuneration

7.3.1 Performance outcomes required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2019 that are performance and non-

performance related and the proportion of STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2019 due to the achievement of the

relevant performance targets.

Proportion of 2019 remuneration2019 Short-term incentive

Performance

Related

%

Non-

performance

Related

%

Paid

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn

1

56%4 4%75%25%

S Cinerari

1

55%45%88%12%

M J Ferguson48%52%75%25%

S L Killeen45%55%86%14%

B C Petersen

1

47%53%90%10%

P J Tompkins

1

37%63%29%71%

1 Performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives described in section 6.4.

7.3.2 STI performance outcomes

Specific STI financial and commercial targets remain commercially sensitive and so have not been reported.

In order for an STI to be paid, a minimum of 90% of the budgeted profit target must be met. For corporate executives, the hurdle is

90% of the Group budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA. For divisional executives, the hurdle is 90% of the

division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as EBITA.

The following table summarises the average performance achieved by the KMP across each element of the scorecard.

Group

N PATA

Divisional

E B I TA

Group

FFO

Divisional

FFO

Zero

HarmPeople

Weighting of scorecard elementCorporate30.030.030.010.0

Division7. 522.57. 522.530.010.0

Percentage of the element achievedCorporate31.084.6100.0100.0

Division

1

31.171.984.784.397. 9100.0

1 Performance includes the results for each Division for each element, even if the EBITA gateway was not achieved.

Annual Report 2019 43
The following table sets out the performance achieved by each KMP across each element of the scorecard.

G A Fenn and M J Ferguson

ElementMeasureThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA )

FFO

S Cinerari

ElementMeasureThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA / E B I TA )

FFO

S L Killeen

ElementMeasureThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA / E B I TA )

FFO

P J Tompkins

ElementMeasureThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleTalent and succession

FinancialProfit (NPAT/EBIT)

FFO

B C Petersen

ElementMeasureThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA / E B I TA )

FFO

For 2019, the IPM applied to each member of the KMP ranged from 0.6 to 1.

44 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

7.3.3 LTI performance outcomes

The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.

Relevant

executives

1

Relevant

LT I m e a s u r e

Performance

outcome

% LTI tranche

that vested

G A Fenn,

S Cinerari,

B Petersen,

P Tompkins

2016 plan

TSR tranche – percentile ranking of

Downer’s TSR relative to the constituents

of the ASX 100 over a three-year period.

Actual performance ranked at

the 78th percentile based on

a TSR result of 81.9%.

100% became provisionally

qualified.

EPS tranche – compound annual

earnings per share growth against

absolute targets over a three-year period.

Actual performance was

– 6.6 4% .

0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

Scorecard tranche – sustained NPAT and

FFO performance against budget over a

three-year period.

Actual performance was 96.4%

for NPAT and 178.1% for FFO.

76.2% became provisionally

qualified.

23.8% were forfeited.

1 Relevant executive refers to members of the KMP who are participants in the plan tested.

7.4 Major transactions and significant items

7.4.1 Major transactions

In 2019 Downer continued to optimise its portfolio in keeping with its strategy of creating efficient market positions to deliver long-term

shareholder value through restructuring, partnering and acquisitions.

Downer undertook eight transactions during 2019. These transactions were the acquisition of Boleh Consulting, The Roading Company,

Envar Group, FH Lismore and Rock N Road, a 50% interest in Repurpose It, as well as the remaining interests in the MHPS Plant

Services and Downer Mouchel joint ventures.

In accordance with its policy, the Board considered the impact of each transaction on incentive outcomes and determined that:

–The acquisition of Boleh Consulting was immaterial and accordingly no adjustment would be made to incentive outcomes;

–The acquisition of The Roading Company Limited was immaterial and accordingly no adjustment would be made to

incentive outcomes;

–The acquisition of Envar Group was reflected in the budget and accordingly no adjustment would be made to incentive outcomes;

–The acquisition of FH Lismore was immaterial and accordingly no adjustment would be made to incentive outcomes;

–The acquisition of Rock N Road was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes;

–The acquisition of the 50% interest in Repurpose It was reflected in the budget and accordingly no adjustment would be made to

incentive outcomes;

–The acquisition of the remaining interest in MHPS Plant Services was reflected in the budget and accordingly no adjustment would

be made to incentive outcomes; and

–The acquisition of the remaining interest in the Downer Mouchel joint venture was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it

was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes.

Annual Report 2019 45
7.4.2 Significant items

During the year, three items had a significant impact. The Board considers such items at the end of each performance period and

whether it is appropriate to adjust for their impact on incentive outcomes. In forming its views, the Board noted the robust operational

performance of the Company and strong returns to shareholders through TSR returns of 86.2% and 116.7% over one and three years

respectively, share price growth and increase in the dividend rate.

The Board considered it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for the following items:

ItemDescription

Mining capital expenditureDuring the year, the Mining business was successful in negotiating expanded services at the

Blackwater mine and a new contract at the Cadia mine. These opportunities were identified in

business planning processes however crystalised earlier than expected.

In order to secure these opportunities, it was necessary to invest capital expenditure, which

was unbudgeted, to acquire the necessary mining plant and equipment in 2019 rather than

in future years.

Securing these opportunities in 2019 was considered to be in the best interest of Downer.

Accordingly, it was determined that it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for this item.

Gain on revaluation of the

existing interest in the

Downer Mouchel joint venture

In December 2018, Downer acquired the remaining 50% interest in the Downer Mouchel joint

venture by purchasing 100% of the shares in partner, KHSA Limited.

On acquisition, Downer’s existing 50% interest was re-measured to fair value in accordance with

Australian Accounting Standards and compared to the existing carrying value. This resulted in a

fair value gain on re-measurement of $17.0 million.

The Board determined that it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for this item.

Murra Warra Wind Farm lossIn December 2017, Downer and its partner Senvion GmbH, a leading global manufacturer of wind

turbines based in Germany, entered into a contract for Stage One of the Murra Warra Wind Farm

near Horsham in Western Victoria.

On 28 May 2019, Downer announced that Senvion GmbH had filed for self-administration

proceedings in Germany.

On 1 August 2019, Downer announced that losses in relation to its obligation to complete

Senvion GmbH’s scope were expected to be $45 million before tax ($31.5 million after tax).

No adjustment was made to incentive outcomes for this item.

46 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

7.4.3 Adjustments made to incentive calculations for major transactions and significant items

The Board determined that the following adjustments be made to KPI calculations for the impact of major transactions and significant

items. The adjustments mean that executives are ‘no better or worse off’ as a result of the transactions and significant items so that

performance is measured against delivery of the Company’s budget and business plan.

MeasureAdjustmentImpact on STIImpact on LTI

N PATA ( S T I )

N PAT ( LT I )

Net decrease of $18.0 million NPAT

($23.3 million NPATA) comprised of:

–Exclusion of fair value gain on revaluation of

existing interest in Downer Mouchel Joint Venture

of $17.0 million;

–Exclusion of operating earnings of Downer Mouchel

(net of transaction costs and net interest expense)

attributable to the additional interest of

($0.9) million NPAT ($4.4 million NPATA);

–Exclusion of operating earnings of Rock N Road

(net of transaction costs and net interest expense)

of $1.3 million; and

–Exclusion of operating earnings related to the

unbudgeted capital expenditure in Mining

of $0.6 million.

For Corporate scorecard

participants, a decrease from

62.3% to 31.0% of the NPATA

measure was achieved.

For Mining, Energy and

Industrial scorecard

participants, a decrease

from 85.3% to 83.7% of the

measure was achieved.

For Transport and

Infrastructure scorecard

participants, a decrease

from 78.7% to 72.8% of the

measure was achieved.

A decrease from 52.3% to

45.1% of rights in the NPAT

tranche met the performance

condition. This equates to

1.2% of the total number of

rights in the grant.

FFONet increase of $65.2 million comprised of:

–Exclusion of the cash flow impact on Downer

Mouchel acquisition (transaction costs, net interest

expense, operating cash and payment for business

acquisition) of $20.3 million;

–Exclusion of the cash flow impact on Rock N

Road acquisition (transaction costs, net interest

expense, operating cash and payment for business

acquisition) of $11.1 million; and

–Exclusion of the cash flow impact on Mining

unbudgeted capex spent on Cadia and Blackwater

(net interest expense, operating cash and payment

for capex) of $33.8 million.

For Corporate

scorecard participants:

–The gateway was met; and

–84.6% of the FFO

measure was achieved.

No change for

Divisional participants.

No change.

Zero HarmThe Zero Harm performance of acquired businesses

has been excluded.

Not applicable as acquired

businesses historical

performance has been

measured on a different basis.

Not applicable.

EPSThe use of NPAT adjusted as set out above.Not applicable.No change.

TSRNo adjustments were made.Not applicable.No change.

7.4.4 Future periods

For major transactions completed in 2019, the impact on operational performance is included in the 2020 budget and accordingly

no adjustments are expected in respect of FY20 operational performance.

7.5 Variance from policy

There were no variances from policy during the year.

Annual Report 2019 47
8. Executive equity ownership

8.1 Ordinary shares

KMP equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares and performance rights issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

Ordinary sharesPerformance rights

Balance at

1 July 2018

Net

Change

Balance at

30 June 2019

Balance at

1 July 2018

Net

Change

Balance at

30 June 2019

No.No.No.No.No.No.

G A Fenn826,2263 37,97 71,164,2031,885,380(329,888)1,555,492

S Cinerari10,40796,056106,463699,195(103,429)595,766

M J Ferguson–7,0867,086164,99571,675236,670

S L Killeen1,0001,6632,66366,24065,805132,045

B C Petersen2,51012,70315,213240,60056,988297,588

P J Tompkins3 8 ,41356,39894,811279,09924,050303,149

8.2 Preference shares

KMP equity holdings in fully paid preference shares issued by Works Finance (NZ) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Downer EDI

Limited, are as follows:

Preference shares

Balance at

1 July 2018

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2019

No.No.No.

S L Killeen3,000–3,000

48 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

8.3 Options and rights

No performance options were granted by Downer EDI Limited or exercised during the 2019 financial year.

As outlined in section 6.4.1, the LTI plan for the 2019 financial year is in the form of performance rights. Relief from certain regulatory

requirements was applied for and has been received from the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. During the year,

grants of performance rights were made to KMP in respect of the 2019 financial year.

The following table shows the number of performance rights granted by Downer EDI Limited and percentage of performance rights

that vested or were forfeited during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2015 Plan2016 Plan

Number of

performance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number of

performance

rights

2

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn5 41, 92062.4–711,717–41. 3

S Cinerari170,70562.4–266,894–41. 3

M J Ferguson––––––

S L Killeen––––––

B C Petersen–––63,017–41. 3

P J Tompkins

3

67,74062.4–124,551–41. 3

1 Grant date 2 June 2015. Expiry date is 1 July 2018. The fair value of shares granted was $4.23 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $1.70 per share for the

TSR tranche.

2 Grant date 30 June 2016. Expiry date is 1 July 2019. The fair value of shares granted was $3.24 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $0.97 per share for the

TSR tranche.

3 Vesting of rights under the 2015 Plan occurred prior to commencement of role as CEO of Spotless.

2017 Plan2018 Plan2019 Plan

Number of

performance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number of

performance

rights

2

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number of

performance

rights

3

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn503,526––332,160––301,791––

S Cinerari188,822––137,016––113,172––

M J Ferguson94,411––70,584––71,675––

S L Killeen–––66,240––65,805––

B C Petersen106,999––70,584––82,993––

P J Tompkins88,116––66,432––75,448––

1 Grant date 21 June 2017. Expiry date is 1 July 2020. The fair value of shares granted was $5.29 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $4.61 per share for the

TSR tranche.

2 Grant date 21 June 2018. Expiry date is 1 July 2021. The fair value of shares granted was $6.12 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $3.38 per share for the

TSR tranche.

3 Grant date 3 June 2019. Expiry date is 1 July 2022. The fair value of shares granted was $5.93 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $2.22 per share for the

TSR tranche.

Annual Report 2019 49
The maximum number of performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based

payments in future years is set out in the table below:

Maximum number of shares

for the vesting year

2020202120222023

G A Fenn418 ,015503,526332,160301,791

S Cinerari156,756188,822137,016113,172

M J Ferguson–94,41170,58471,675

S L Killeen––66,24065,805

B C Petersen37,012106,99970,58482,993

P J Tompkins73,15388,11666,43275,448

The maximum expense for performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based

payments in future years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in

accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment over the vesting period.

202020212022

G A Fenn1,424,492787, 301354,348

S Cinerari550,420311,474132,881

M J Ferguson295,633176,16084,158

S L Killeen163,605163,6057 7, 26 5

B C Petersen324,850189,4 4797,4 4 5

P J Tompkins286,684175,17788,586

8.4 Remuneration consultants

Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd was engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide remuneration advice in relation to KMP,

but did not provide the Board Remuneration Committee with remuneration recommendations as defined under Division 1, Part 1.2, 9B (1)

of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Board was satisfied that advice received was free from any undue influence by Key Management Personnel to whom the advice

may relate, because strict protocols were observed and complied with regarding any interaction between Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd

and management, and because all remuneration advice was provided to the Board Remuneration Committee chair.

9. Key terms of employment contracts

9.1 Notice and termination payments

Executives are on contracts with no fixed end date.

The following table captures the notice periods applicable to termination of the employment of executives.

Termination notice period

by Downer

Termination notice period

by employee

Termination payments

payable under contract

Managing Director12 months6 months12 months

Other Executives12 months6 months12 months

Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for

termination due to gross misconduct.

50 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

9.2 Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Downer’s employment agreement

Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010. The following table sets out the key terms

of the Managing Director’s employment agreement.

Te r mUntil terminated by either party.

Fixed remuneration$2.0 million per annum. This has remained unchanged since July 2012.

Fixed remuneration includes superannuation and non-cash benefits but excludes entitlements to

reimbursement for Mr Fenn’s home telephone rental and call costs, home internet costs and medical, life and

salary continuance insurance. Mr Fenn may also be accompanied by his wife when travelling on business, at the

Chairman’s discretion. There was no such travel during the year.

STI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum STI opportunity is 100% of fixed remuneration.

Any entitlement to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having regard to performance measures and targets

developed in consultation with Mr Fenn including Downer’s financial performance, safety, people, environmental

and sustainability targets and adherence to risk management policies and practices. The Board also retains

the right to vary the STI by + or – 100% (up to the 100% maximum) based on its assessment of performance.

The STI deferral arrangements in place for KMP apply to Mr Fenn.

There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s employment terminates prior to the end of the

financial year, other than in the event of a change in control or by mutual agreement.

LTI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the value of the award is 100% of fixed remuneration

calculated using the volume weighted average price after each year’s half yearly results announcement.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in section 6.4.

In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed,

unvested shares and performance rights pro rated with the elapsed service period are tested for vesting

with performance against the relevant hurdles for that period and vest, as appropriate. Shares that have

already been tested, have met performance requirements and are subject to the completion of the service

condition, fully vest.

Te r m i n a t i o nMr Fenn can resign:

a) By providing six months’ written notice; or

b) Immediately in circumstances where there is a fundamental change in his role or responsibilities. In these

circumstances, Mr Fenn is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.

Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:

a) Immediately for misconduct or other circumstances justifying summary dismissal; or

b) By providing 12 months’ written notice.

When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period

(calculated based on Mr Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).

If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in

recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration. At the discretion of the Board,

his shares under the LTI plan may also vest.

If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment

in lieu of notice) required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive a payment in recognition of his past

services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration.

If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six-month post-employment restraint in certain areas where the

Downer Group operates, where he is restricted from working for competitive businesses.

OtherThe agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property,

moral rights and other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions regarding corporate

governance and a provision dealing with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits

to be made to Mr Fenn.

Annual Report 2019 51
10. Related party information

10.1 Transactions with other related parties

Transactions entered into during the year with Directors of Downer EDI Limited and the Group are within normal employee, customer

or supplier relationships on terms and conditions no more favourable than dealings in the same circumstances on an arm’s length

basis and included:

–The receipt of dividends from Downer EDI Limited;

–Participation in the Long Term Incentive Plan;

–Terms and conditions of employment; and

–Reimbursement of expenses.

A number of Directors of the Company hold directorships in other entities. Several of these entities transacted with the Group on terms

and conditions no more favourable than those available on an arm’s length basis.

11. Description of Non-executive Director remuneration

11.1 Non-executive Director remuneration policy

Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain Directors

with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgment to steward the Company.

There has been no change to the level of Non-executive Director fees since the prior reporting period and there will be no changes in

the 2019 financial year.

Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked to the financial performance of the Company. The Board believes this is

necessary for Non-executive Directors to maintain their independence.

Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of $2.0 million for Non-executive Director fees at the 2008 AGM. The allocation of

fees to Non-executive Directors within this cap has been determined after consideration of a number of factors, including the time

commitment of Directors, the size and scale of the Company’s operations, the skill sets of Board members, the quantum of fees paid to

Non-executive Directors of comparable companies and participation in Board Committee work.

The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of the Board

changes, or at least every three years. Reference is made to individual Non-executive Director fee levels and workload (i.e. number of

meetings and the number of Directors) at comparably sized companies from all industries other than the financial services sector, and

the fee pools at these companies. In addition, an assessment is made on the extent of flexibility provided by the fee pool to recruit any

additional Directors for planned succession after allocation of fees to existing Directors.

The Chairman receives a base fee of $375,000 per annum (inclusive of all Committee fees) plus superannuation. The other

Non-executive Directors each receive a base fee of $150,000 per annum plus superannuation. Additional fees are paid for Committee

duties: $35,000 for the chair of the Audit and Risk Committee; and $15,000 for the chair of each of the Zero Harm Committee,

Remuneration Committee, Rail Projects Committee and Tender Risk Evaluation Committee.

Non-executive Directors are not entitled to retirement benefits. All Non-executive Directors are entitled to payment of statutory

superannuation entitlements in addition to Directors’ fees.

52 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

11.2 Non-executive Directors’ remuneration

The table below sets out the remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors for the 2019 and 2018 financial years.

Short-term benefitsPost-employment benefits

Ye a r

Board fee

$

Chair fee

$

Total fees

$

Super-

annuation

$

Termination

benefits

$

To t a l

$

R M Harding2019375,000–375,00035,625–410,625

2018375,000–375,00035,625–410,625

S A Chaplain

1

2019150,00021,146171,14616,259–187,405

2018150,00035,000185,00017, 575–202,575

P S Garling2019150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675

2018150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675

T G Handicott2019150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675

2018150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675

N M Hollows

1

2019150,00013,854163,85415,566–179,420

20185,000–5,000475–5 ,475

C G Thorne2019150,00030,000180,00017,100–197,100

2018150,00030,000180,00017,100–197,100

P L Watson201916,965–16,9651,612–18,577

1 N M Hollows succeeded S A Chaplain as Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee on 8 February 2019.

11.3 Equity held by Non-executive Directors

The table below sets out the equity in Downer held by Non-executive Directors for the 2019 and 2018 financial years.

20192018

Balance at

1 July 2018

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2019

Balance at

1 July 2017

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2018

R M Harding14,21014,64628,85614,210–14,210

S A Chaplain103,799–103,799103,799–103,799

P S Garling16,9403,02219,96216,940–16,940

T G Handicott14,000–14,00014,000–14,000

N M Hollows–3,0003,000–––

C G Thorne82,922–82,92282,922–82,922

P L Watson––––––

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding

Chairman

Sydney, 22 August 2019

Annual Report 2019 53
Auditor’s Independence Declaration

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG

network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG

International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.

Liability limited by a scheme approved under

ProfessionalStandards Legislation.

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under Section 307C of the Corporations Act

2001

To the Directors of Downer EDI Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Downer EDI Limited for the

financial year ended 30 June 2019 there have been:

i.no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in

relation to the audit; and

ii.no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit

.

KPMG

K

KNI_01

PAR_SIG_01Jpp PAR_NAM_0

1

PAR_POS_01 PAR_DAT_01 PAR_CIT_01

K

Cameron Slapp

Partner

Sydney

22 August 2019

54 Downer EDI Limited
Independent Auditor’s Report

for the year ended 30 June 2019

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG

network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG

International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), aSwiss entity.

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional

Standards Legislation.

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the shareholders of Downer EDI Limited

Report on the audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the Financial Report of Downer EDI

Limited (the Company).

In our opinion, the accompanying Financial Report of

the Company is in accordance with the Corporations

Act 2001, including:


giving a true and fair view of the Group’s

financial position as at 30 June 2019 and of its

financial performance for the year ended on that

date; and


complying with Australian Accounting Standards

and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

The Financial Report comprises:


Consolidated statement of financial position as at

30 June 2019


Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other

comprehensive income, Consolidated statement of

changes in equity, and Consolidated statement of

cash flows for the year then ended


Notes including a summary of significant

accounting policies


Directors’ Declaration.

The Group consists of the Company and the entities it

controlled at the year-end or from time to time during

the financial year.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit evidence

we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of

the Financial Report section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of

the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants

(the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the Financial Report in Australia. We have fulfilled our other ethical

responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

Annual Report 2019 55
Key Audit Matters

The Key Audit Matters we identified are:


Recognition of revenue


Value of goodwill

Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our

professional judgement, were of most significance in

our audit of the Financial Report of the current period.

These matters were addressed in the context of our

audit of the Financial Report as a whole, and in forming

our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate

opinion on these matters.

Recognition of revenue

Refer to Note B2 ‘Revenue’ ($12,789.4m)

The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit

Recognition of revenue is a key audit matter due to

the:

•Significance of revenue to the financial

statements;

•Large number of contracts with numerous

estimation events that may occur over the

course of the contract’s life. This results in

complex and judgemental revenue recognition

from rendering of services and construction

contracts and therefore significant audit effort

is required to gather sufficient appropriate

audit evidence for revenue recognition; and

•Transition adjustment arising from the

adoption of AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts

with Customers resulting in additional audit

focus. This effort is due to the complex nature

of the changes to the accounting standard and

the financial impact on rendering of services

and construction contract revenue, requiring

senior team involvement.

We focused on the Group’s assessment of the

following elements of revenue recognition for

rendering of services and construction contracts, as

applicable:

•Estimating total expected costs to complete at

initiation of the contract, including cost

contingencies for contracting risks, which have

a high level of estimation uncertainty;

•Revisions to total expected costs for certain

events or conditions that occur during the

performance of the contract, or are expected

to occur to complete the contract, which is

difficult to estimate;

•The Group’s determination of contractual

entitlement and assessment of the probability

of customer approval of changes in scope

Our procedures included:

•We obtained an understanding of the Group’s

process of accounting for rendering of services and

construction contract revenues. We tested key

controls such as:

‒management’s review and approval of bid

information including estimated project

milestones, projected Earnings Before Interest

and Tax (EBIT), Net Present Value (NPV), Return

On Funds Employed (ROFE), and potential legal

risks identified by the Group risk and legal

team, as prescribed in the Group’s risk

management process; and

‒management’s detailed project reviews for key

contracts, including cost to complete reviews,

comparing to budget and original bid

documentation.

•We undertook a sample of site visits (to both

contract sites and commercial offices) across the

Group’s major divisions and geographies to obtain a

detailed understanding of the Group’s contract

processes, their consistent application, and to

understand the variety of risk elements of the

contracts;

•We used data analytic routines to select a sample of

contracts for testing based on a number of

quantitative and qualitative factors. These factors

included contracts with significant deterioration in

margin, significant variations and claims, contract

modifications or variable consideration, and factors

which indicated to us a greater level of judgement

was required by the Group when assessing the

revenue recognition based on the estimates

developed for current and forecast contract

performance. For the samples selected, where

relevant:

56 Downer EDI Limited
and/or price. The Group’s consideration of the

enforceability or approval of the modification

of the terms of a contract may include evidence

that is written, oral or implied by customary

business practice and therefore requires a

degree of judgement. The Group’s

determination of modifications can drive

different accounting treatments, increasing the

risk of inappropriately recognising revenue; and

•The Group’s policy for the determination of the

amount of revenue recognised from variable

consideration being highly probable of not

reversing. Variable consideration is contingent

on the Group’s performance and includes key

performance payments, liquidated damages

and abatements that offset revenue under the

contract. The Group's determination of an

amount that is highly probable requires a

degree of estimation and judgement. This

increased the audit effort we applied to gather

sufficient appropriate audit evidence that the

variable consideration is highly probable.

‒we read the selected contract terms and

conditions to evaluate the individual

characteristics of each contract reflected in the

Group’s estimate;

‒we assessed the estimation of total expected

costs, including cost contingencies for

contracting risks, by challenging the Group’s

project and finance managers on their

estimations. We also checked key forecast cost

assumptions to underlying documentation such

as Enterprise Bargaining Agreements for wage

rates, historical costs for maintenance events

and agreements with subcontractors;

‒we assessed the Group’s ability to forecast

margins on contracts by analysing the accuracy

of previous margin forecasts to actual

outcomes;

‒we evaluated the Group’s assessment of when

a modification to the contract scope and/or

price for variations and claims is approved and

enforceable. This included assessing the

underlying records, legal documents, customer

correspondence and contracts. We recalculated

the amount of revenue using the modified

features of the contract. We compared the

recalculated amounts against the amounts

recorded by the Group;

‒we assessed the Group’s estimation of a highly

probable amount for variations and claims by

comparing underlying evidence such as

timesheets, correspondence with customers,

and reports from objective time and cost claim

experts (where applicable) for consistency with

contract terms;

‒we evaluated the Group’s legal and external

experts’ reports received on contentious

matters to identify conditions indicating the

inappropriate recognition of variations and

claims. We checked the consistency of this to

the inclusion or not of an amount in the

estimates used for revenue recognition;

‒we assessed the scope, competency and

objectivity of the legal and external experts

engaged by the Group; and

‒we evaluated the appropriateness of the

method applied by the Group to estimate the

highly probable amount of the key performance

payments, liquidated damages and abatements

against the specific contract terms. This

included gathering underlying evidence in

relation to the Group’s performance against the

terms of the contract. We then recalculated the

amount of variable consideration. We

compared the recalculated amounts to the

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Annual Report 2019 57
amounts recorded by the Group as offsets to

revenue.

•For contracts with customers where revenue

recognition is at a point in time rather than over

time, we selected a statistical sample of revenue

recognised and checked to customer approval of the

service being performed or cash received;

•For a sample of contracts assessed by the Group for

the transitional adjustment of AASB 15 we evaluated

the conclusions reached by the Group using our

understanding of the contracts obtained in the

procedures noted above, in the context of the

requirements of AASB 15;

•We assessed the new disclosures relating to the

initial adoption of AASB 15 against the requirements

of the accounting standard.

Value of goodwill

Refer to Note C6 ‘Intangible assets’ ($2,454.5m)

The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit

The value of goodwill is a key audit matter due to

the size of the balance (being 30.7% of total assets)

and the significant audit effort arising from:

•The Group having 8 groups of Cash Generating

Units (CGUs) for which the impairment of

goodwill is assessed;

•The risk that a reasonably possible

unfavourable change in certain key

assumptions for the Spotless CGU in the

absence of any mitigating factors, may result in

nil headroom for that CGU; and

•The Group reorganising its segments during the

year, necessitating our consideration of the

composition of the Group’s CGUs and the level

at which goodwill was assessed.

We focused on the following key forward looking

assumptions in the Group’s value in use models:

•Projected cash flows: Budgeted Earnings Before

Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation

(EBITDA) – including the outcome of tenders for

the Spotless CGU;

•Discount rates – these are complicated in

nature and vary according to the conditions

and environment the specific CGU is subject to

from time to time; and

•Long-term growth rates – certain valuations for

CGUs of the Group are highly sensitive to

Our procedures included:

•We obtained an understanding of the Group’s

goodwill impairment assessment process and tested

key controls such as the review and approval of

budgets and forecasts by management and the

Board;

•We considered the appropriateness of the value in

use method applied by the Group to perform the

annual test of goodwill for impairment against the

requirements of the accounting standards.

•We considered the Group’s determination of their

CGUs based on our understanding of the operations

of the Group and how independent cash inflows

were generated, against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

•We analysed the Group’s reorganised segments and

the Group’s internal reporting to assess the Group’s

monitoring and management of activities, and the

allocation of goodwill to CGUs;

•We obtained the Group’s value in use models and

checked amounts to the Board approved FY20

budget and the FY21-FY22 business plan. We

challenged the Group’s projected cash flows by

comparing the budget and business plan to our

understanding of the business and comparing the

actual performance in FY19 to the budget for FY20;

•We challenged the key market based assumption,

being the long term growth rate, against external

58 Downer EDI Limited
changes in this assumption.

The significant judgement involved in key

assumptions required the involvement of valuation

specialists to supplement our senior audit team

members in assessing this key audit matter.

.

analyst reports and published industry growth rates;

•For the Spotless CGU with a higher risk of

impairment, f or projected cash flows we assessed

the inclusion of key ongoing revenue contracts by

comparing the renewal rates in the value in use

models to historical renewal rates. For current

tenders we assessed the probability weighting and

margins based on our understanding of the

businesses historical win rates;

•We assessed the accuracy of previous Group

forecasting to inform our evaluation of forecasts

included in the value in use models. We applied

increased scepticism to current period forecasts in

areas where previous forecasts were not achieved

and/or where future uncertainty is greater or

volatility is expected;

•Working with our valuation specialists we

independently developed a discount rate range

using publicly available market data for comparable

entities, adjusted by risk factors specific to the

Group and the industry it operates in;

•We performed sensitivity analysis on CGUs in two

main areas, being the discount rate and long-term

growth rate assumptions. For the Spotless CGU with

a higher risk of impairment we performed a range of

sensitivity analyses to identify those assumptions at

higher risk of bias or inconsistency in application.

This included the discount rate, long-term growth

rate and projected cash flows. We considered the

sensitivity of the models by varying key assumptions

within a reasonably possible range;

•We assessed the Group’s disclosures of the

quantitative and qualitative considerations in

relation to the valuation of goodwill, by comparing

these disclosures to our understanding and the

requirements of the accounting standards.

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Annual Report 2019 59
Other Information


Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Downer EDI Limited’s annual reporting which is

provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor's Report. The Directors are responsible for the Other

Information.

Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not express

an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report

and our related assurance opinion.

In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other Information. In doing

so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with the Financial Report or our

knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other Information, and

based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained prior to the date of this

Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report

The Directors are responsible for:


preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting

Standards and the Corporations Act 2001


implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that gives a true

and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error


assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether the use of the going concern basis

of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and

using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report


Our objective is:


to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and


to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance

with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate,

they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the

Financial Report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the Auditing and

Assurance Standards Board website at: http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf. This

description forms part of our Auditor’s Report.

60 Downer EDI Limited
Report on the Remuneration Report


Opinion

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Downer

EDI Limited for the year ended 30 June 2019,

complies with Section 300A of the Corporations Act

2001.

Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the

preparation and presentation of the Remuneration

Report in accordance with Section 300A of the

Corporations Act 2001.

Our responsibilities

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in

pages 22 to 50 of the Directors’ report for the year ended

30 June 2019.

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the

Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in

accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

KPMG


Cameron Slapp

Partner

Sydney

22 August 2019

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Annual Report 2019 61
Financial Statements

Page 62 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Page 63 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Page 64 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Page 65 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A

About this

report

Page 66-67

B

Business

performance

Page 68-79

C

Operating assets

and liabilities

Page 80-90

D

Employee

benefits

Page 91

E

Capital structure

and financing

Page 92-99

F

Group

structure

Page 100-110

G

Other

Page 111-124

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation

of cash and

cash equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Revenue

C2

Trade receivables

and contract assets

D2

Key management

personnel

compensation

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Acquisition of

businesses

G2

Capital and financial

risk management

B3

Earnings per share

C3

Inventories

D3

Employee discount

share plan

E3

Commitments

F3

Disposal of

business

G3

Other financial

assets and liabilities

B4

Taxation

C4

Trade payables and

contract liabilities

E4

Issued capital

F4

Controlled entities

B5

Remuneration

of auditors

C5

Property, plant

and equipment

E5

Non-controlling

interest (NCI)

F5

Related party

information

B6

Subsequent events

C6

Intangible assets

E6

Reserves

F6

Parent entity

disclosures

C7

Finance lease

receivables

E7

Dividends

C8

Provisions

C9

Contingent

liabilities

Page 125 Directors’ Declaration

Other information

Page 126 Sustainability Performance Summary 2019

Page 131 Corporate Governance

Page 142 Information for Investors

62 Downer EDI Limited
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Note

2019

$’m 

2018

$’m

RevenueB212,789.4 12,016.6 

Other incomeB223.3 14.3 

Total revenue and other income12,812.7 12,030.9 

Employee benefits expenseD1(4,340.4)(4,034.2)

Subcontractor costs(4,193.7)(3,781.3)

Raw materials and consumables used(2,114.4)(2,199.9)

Plant and equipment costs(689.8)(67 7.1)

Depreciation and amortisation C5, C6(360.0)(370.2)

Other expenses from ordinary activities (682.6)(788.5)

Total expenses(12,380.9)(11,851.2)

Share of net profit of joint ventures and associatesF1(a)30.4 25.1 

Earnings before interest and tax462.2 204.8 

Finance income8.8 7.1 

Finance costs(91.2)(88.2)

Net finance costs(82.4)(81.1)

Profit before income tax379.8 123.7 

Income tax expenseB4(a)(103.5)(52.6)

Profit after income tax276.3 71.1 

Profit for the year is attributable to:

–Non-controlling interest14.5 (0.3)

–Members of the parent entity261.8 71.4 

Profit for the year276.3 71.1 

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

–Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations9.6 (8.3)

–Net (loss) / gain on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity(2.0)4.8 

–Net loss on cross currency and interest rate swaps taken to equity(13.7)(14.0)

–Change in fair value of available-for-sale assets – (1.3)

–Available-for-sale reserve transferred to profit or loss – (0.5)

–Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income4.3 2.6 

Other comprehensive loss for the year (net of tax)(1.8)(16.7)

Other comprehensive loss for the year is attributable to:

–Non-controlling interest(0.9)0.7 

–Members of the parent entity(0.9)(17.4)

Other comprehensive loss for the year(1.8)(16.7)

Total comprehensive income for the year274.554.4 

Earnings per share (cents)

–Basic earnings per shareB342.9 10.7 

–Diluted earnings per share

(i)

B342.3 10.7

(i) At 30 June 2018, the ROADS are deemed anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at 10.7 cents per share.

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying

notes on pages 66 to 124.

Annual Report 2019 63
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

as at 30 June 2019

Note

30 June

2019

$’m 

30 June

2018

$’m 

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents C 1(c)710.7 606.2 

Trade receivables and contract assetsC21,991.5 2 ,117. 9 

Other financial assetsG335.0 18.6 

InventoriesC3304.6 268.8 

Finance lease receivablesC712.4 4.0 

Current tax assets57.7 69.3 

Prepayments and other assets52.8 48.8 

Total current assets3,164.7 3,133.6 

Non-current assets

Trade receivables and contract assetsC274.4 113.2 

Interest in joint ventures and associatesF1(a)108.8 96.0 

Property, plant and equipmentC51,373.3 1,280.4 

Intangible assetsC63,130.7 3,050.7 

Other financial assetsG35.2 15.5 

Finance lease receivablesC738.7 4.5 

Deferred tax assetsB 4 (b)93.5 75.5 

Prepayments and other assets18.7 18.8 

Total non-current assets4,843.3 4,654.6 

Total assets8,008.0 7,788 . 2 

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC42,405.5 2,281.6 

BorrowingsE114.6 153.7 

Other financial liabilitiesG347. 4 43.2 

Employee benefits provisionD1340.5 336.7 

ProvisionsC8107.0 50.7 

Current tax liabilities15.4 15.7 

Total current liabilities2,930.4 2,881.6 

Non-current liabilities

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC451.3 26.5 

BorrowingsE11,688.9 1,367.5 

Other financial liabilitiesG320.0 34.2 

Employee benefits provisionD145.1 38.0 

ProvisionsC884.5 65.1 

Deferred tax liabilitiesB 4 (b)137.6 170.2 

Total non-current liabilities2,027.4 1,701.5 

Total liabilities4 ,957. 8 4,583.1 

Net assets3,050.2 3,205.1 

EQUITY

Issued capitalE42,425.1 2,421.9 

ReservesE6(27.5)(26.9)

Retained earnings496.7 655.1 

Parent interests2,894.3 3,050.1 

Non-controlling interestE5155.9 155.0 

Total equity3,050.2 3,205.1 

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 66 to 124.

64 Downer EDI Limited
2019

$’m

Issued

capitalReserves

Retained

earnings

To t a l

attributable

to owners of

the parent

Non-

controlling

interestTo t a l

Balance at 30 June 20182,421.9(26.9)655.13,050.1155.03,205.1

Opening balance adjustment on application

of AASB 15

(i)

(net of tax)––(245.3)(245.3)(12.7)(258.0)

Balance at 1 July 20182,421.9(26.9)409.82,804.8142.32 ,947.1

Profit after income tax –  – 261.8 261.8 14.5 276.3 

Other comprehensive loss for the year

(net of tax) – (0.9) – (0.9)(0.9)(1.8)

Total comprehensive income for the year – (0.9)261.8 260.9 13.6 274.5 

Vested executive incentive share transactions3.2 (3.2) –  –  –  – 

Share-based employee benefits expense – 4.0  – 4.0  – 4.0 

Income tax relating to share-based

transactions during the year – (0.5) – (0.5) – (0.5)

Payment of dividends

(ii)

–  – (174.9)(174.9) – (174.9)

Balance at 30 June 20192,425.1 (27.5)496.7 2,894.3 155.9 3,050.2 

(i) Refer to Note G1 for details on opening balance adjustments made on application of new accounting standards.

(ii) Payment of dividend relates to the 2018 final dividend, 2019 interim dividend and $8.3 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

.

2018

$’m

Issued

capitalReserves

Retained

earnings

To t a l

attributable

to owners of

the parent

Non-

controlling

interestTo t a l

Balance at 1 July 20172,421.8(10.9)740.43,151.3435.23,586.5

Profit after income tax––71.4 71.4 (0.3)71.1 

Other comprehensive income for the year

(net of tax)–(17.4)–(17. 4)0.7 (16.7)

Total comprehensive income for the year–(17.4)71.4 54.0 0.4 54.4 

Capital raising

(net of transaction costs and tax)(0.1)––(0.1)–(0.1)

Vested executive incentive share transactions0.2 (0. 2)––––

Share-based employee benefits expense–2.8 –2.8 –2.8 

Income tax relating to share-based

transactions during the year–(1.2)–(1.2)–(1.2)

Payment of dividends

(i)

––(156.7)(156.7)–(156.7)

Acquisition of non-controlling interest––––(280.6)(280.6)

Balance at 30 June 20182,421.9 (26.9)655.1 3,050.1 155.0 3,205.1 

(i) Payment of dividend relates to the 2017 final dividend, 2018 interim dividend and $8.0 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 66 to 124.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Annual Report 2019 65
Note

2019

$’m 

2018

$’m 

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers14 ,177. 412,856.9 

Distributions from equity accounted investeesF1(a)22.4 16.9 

Payments to suppliers and employees(13,442.8)(12,164.3)

Interest received5.2 7.4 

Interest and other costs of finance paid(76.1)( 7 7.6)

Income tax paid(55.9)(56.0)

Net cash generated by operating activities C1(a)630.2 583.3 

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment16.1 22.7 

Payments for property, plant and equipment(346.2)(356.8)

Payments for intangible assets(44.8)(47.0)

Payments for acquisition of Spotless – (391.8)

Payments for acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquiredF2(63.0)(84.1)

Investment in Joint Venture entitiesF1(a)(8.5)–

Divestment of Freight RailF3(6.9)129.6 

Receipts from investments – 0.4 

Advances to joint ventures(5.5)( 7.1)

Payments for leased assets(52.6) – 

Proceeds from sale of assets – 4.5 

Recovery on acquisition of business1.7  – 

Net cash used in investing activities(509.7)(729.6)

Cash flows from financing activities

Issue of shares (net of costs) – (0. 2)

Proceeds from borrowings 3,859.3 2,043.9 

Repayments of borrowings(3,704.2)(1,974.7)

Dividends paid(174.9)(156.7)

Net cash used in financing activities(19.8)(87.7 )

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents100.7 (234.0)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year606.2 844.6 

Effect of exchange rate changes3.8 (4 . 4)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the yearC 1(c)710.7 606.2

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 66 to 124.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the year ended 30 June 2019

66 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 30 June 2019

A

About this report

Statement of compliance

These financial statements represent the consolidated results

of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848). The consolidated

Financial Report (Financial Report) is a general purpose financial

report which has been prepared in accordance with Australian

Accounting Standards (AASBs) adopted by the Australian

Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act

2001 (Cth). The Financial Report complies with International

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted by the

International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Board of

Directors on 22 August 2019.

Rounding of amounts

Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC

Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports)

Instrument 2016/191, relating to the “rounding off” of amounts

in the Directors’ Report and consolidated financial statements.

Unless otherwise expressly stated, amounts have been rounded

off to the nearest whole number of millions of dollars and one

place of decimals representing hundreds of thousands of

dollars in accordance with that Instrument. Amounts shown

as $- represent amounts less than $50,000 which have

been rounded down.

Basis of preparation

The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical cost

basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments.

Cost is based on the fair values of the consideration given in

exchange for assets. All amounts are presented in Australian

dollars, unless otherwise noted.

The accounting policies and methods of computation in the

preparation of the Financial Report are consistent with those

adopted and disclosed in Downer’s Annual Report for the

financial year ended 30 June 2018, except in relation to the

relevant new and amended accounting standards adopted by

the Group and their effects on the current period or prior periods

as described in Note G1.

Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to ensure

consistency with current year classifications.

Accounting estimates and judgements

Preparation of the Financial Report requires management to

make judgements, estimates and assumptions about future

events. Information on material estimates and judgements

considered when applying the accounting policies can be found

in the following notes:

Accounting estimates and judgementsNote Page

Revenue recognitionB275

Recovery of deferred tax assetsB478

Income taxesB478

Useful lives and residual valuesC585

Impairment of assetsC687

ProvisionsC889

Annual leave and long service leaveD191

Accounting for acquisition of businessesF2106

Significant accounting policies

Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner that

ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies the

concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring that the

substance of the underlying transactions or other events is

reported. Other significant accounting policies are contained

in the notes to the Financial Report to which they relate.

(i) Principles of consolidation

The Financial Report incorporates the financial statements

of the Company and entities controlled by the Group and its

subsidiaries. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed

to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with

the entity and has the ability to affect those returns from its

involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those

returns through its power over the entity.

The Financial Report includes the information and results

of each subsidiary from the date on which the Company

obtains control and until such time as the Company ceases

to control such entity.

In preparing the Financial Report, all intercompany balances

and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within the

consolidated entity, are eliminated in full.

Annual Report 2019 67
A. About this report – continued

(ii) Foreign currency

Transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign

currencies are translated into Australian dollars at reporting date

using the following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate

TransactionsDate of transaction

Monetary assets and liabilitiesReporting date

Non-monetary assets and

liabilities carried at fair value Date fair value is determined

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from translation are

recognised in the statement of profit or loss, except for qualifying

cash flow hedges which are deferred to equity.

On consolidation the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of

foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars using the

following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate

Income and expensesAverage exchange rate

Assets and liabilitiesReporting date

EquityHistorical date

Foreign exchange differences resulting from translation are

initially recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve

and subsequently transferred to the profit or loss on disposal

of the foreign operation.

(iii) Finance and borrowing costs

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwind

of discount of provisions, costs to establish financing facilities

(which are expensed over the term of the facility), losses on

ineffective hedging instruments that are recognised in profit or

loss and finance lease charges.

68 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

B

Business performance

This section provides the information that is most relevant to understanding the financial performance of the Group during

the financial year and, where relevant, the accounting policies applied and the critical judgements and estimates made.

B1. Segment information

B2. Revenue

B3. Earnings per share

B 4 . Ta x a ti o n

B5. Remuneration of auditors

B6. Subsequent events

B1. Segment information

Identification of reportable segments

An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages

in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur

expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the

Group’s chief operating decision maker in order to effectively

allocate Group resources and assess performance.

The Group has identified its operating segments based on the

internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Group CEO

in assessing performance and in determining the allocation

of resources. The operating segments are identified by the

Group based on the nature of the services provided. Discrete

financial information about each of these operating businesses

is reported to the Group CEO on a recurring basis.

The reportable segments are based on a combination of

operating segments determined by the similarity of the services

provided, and the sources of the Group’s major risks that could

therefore have the greatest effect on the rates of return. Downer

has determined that reportable segments are best represented

as service lines.

During the year, the composition of business units within

operating segments was realigned to better reflect how the

Group’s chief operating decision maker assesses performance

and allocates Group resources. As a result, the Infrastructure

Projects NZ, Building Projects NZ and Defence business units

(previously reported as part of the EC&M segment), were

reallocated to the Transport, Facilities and Utilities segments

respectively; the UASG business unit (previously reported

as part of the Facilities segment) has been reallocated to

the Utilities segment; and the Rail Services business unit

(previously the Rail segment) has been included as part of

the Transport segment. The new structure better aligns the

segment reporting with Downer’s end-markets and management

reporting structure.

Accordingly, the Group has restated the previously reported

segment information for the year ended 30 June 2018.

Annual Report 2019 69
B1. Segment information – continued

The reportable segments identified within the Group are outlined as follows:

Service lineSegment description

TransportComprises the Group’s road services, transport infrastructure and rail businesses. Downer’s road and transport

infrastructure services include: road network management; routine road maintenance; asset management systems;

spray sealing; asphalt laying; manufacture and supply of bitumen based products and asphalt products; the use

of recycled products and environmentally sustainable methods to produce asphalt; landfill diversion solutions;

intelligent transport systems; design and construction of light rail and heavy rail networks; signalling; track and

station works; rail safety technology; and bridges. The Rail business spans all light rail and heavy rail sectors, from

rollingstock to infrastructure; from design and manufacture to through-life-support including fleet maintenance,

operations and comprehensive overhaul of assets.

UtilitiesComprises the Group’s power, gas, water, renewable energy and telecommunications businesses. This includes:

planning, designing, constructing, operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power and gas network

assets; providing complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal and industrial water users including water and

wastewater treatment, network construction and rehabilitation; design, construction and maintenance services for

a range of renewable assets in the wind, solar and power system storage sectors; and end-to-end technology and

communications solutions including design, civil construction, network construction, operations and maintenance

across fibre, copper and radio networks.

FacilitiesFacilities operates in Australia and New Zealand and provides outsourced facility services to customers across

a diverse range of industry sectors including: defence; education; government; healthcare; resources; leisure and

hospitality. Facilities provides catering and laundry services; technical and engineering services; maintenance and

asset management services and refrigeration solutions to various industries; as well as building and construction

solutions across a variety of sectors in New Zealand.

Engineering,

Construction

and Maintenance

(EC&M)

Provides design, engineering, construction, shutdowns, turnaround and outage delivery, operations maintenance

and ongoing management of strategic assets across a range of sectors and in all stages of the project lifecycle

including: feasibility studies; engineering design; procurement and construction; structural, mechanical and piping;

electrical and instrumentation; commissioning and decommissioning services; and design and manufacture of

mineral process equipment.

MiningProvides services across all stages of the mining lifecycle including: resource definition; exploration drilling and

mine feasibility studies; open cut and underground mining services; drilling, explosives manufacture and supply;

blasting and crushing; asset management; tyre management; mine closure and rehabilitation.

70 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

B1. Segment information – continued

2019

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Segment revenue and other income3,775.7 2,506.7 3,384.7 1,704.6 1,423.5 17.5 12,812.7 

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

572.6  – 8.0  – 55.0  – 635.6 

Total revenue including joint ventures and

other income

(i)

4,348.3 2,506.7 3,392.7 1,704.6 1,478.5 17.5 13,448.3 

Share of net profit from joint ventures and associates26.6  – 0.5  – 3.3  – 30.4 

Depreciation and amortisation67. 2 18.0 90.1 9.4 114.2 61.1 360.0 

EBIT before amortisation of acquired

intangibles (EBITA)242.4 136.1 170.5 33.3 76.7 (126.4)532.6 

Amortisation of acquired intangibles(8.3)(3.2)(11.9) –  – (47.0)(70.4)

Total reported segment results (EBIT)234.1 132.9 158.6 33.3 76.7 (173.4)462.2 

Net finance costs(82.4)

Total profit before income tax379.8 

Acquisition of segment assets228.0 24.0 101.5 14.7 184.1 39.4 591.7 

Segment assets2,126.0 1,268.9 2,780.3 570.4 839.1 423.3 8,008.0 

Segment liabilities925.0 566.5 1,566.9 327.6 294.0 1 , 277. 8 4 ,957. 8 

Carrying value of equity accounted investees99.1  – 1.6  – 8.1  – 108.8 

2018

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Segment revenue and other income3,960.3 2,004.9 3 ,413 .1 1,356.5 1,309.4 (13.3)12,030.9 

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

511.0 – 8.1 21.2 49.0 – 589.3 

Total revenue including joint ventures and

other income

(i)

4,471. 3 2,004.9 3,421.2 1, 37 7.7 1,358.4 (13.3)12,620.2 

Share of net profit from joint ventures and associates23.4 – 0.4 (1.3)2.6 – 25.1 

Depreciation and amortisation58.2 21.1 93.6 10.6 131.1 55.6 370.2 

EBIT before amortisation of acquired

intangibles (EBITA)197.9 114.3 166.7 36.3 50.4 (294.1)271.5 

Amortisation of acquired intangibles(0.4)(3.0)(15.1)– – (4 8 . 2)(66.7)

Total reported segment results (EBIT)197.5 111.3 151.6 36.3 50.4 (342.3)204.8 

Net finance costs(81.1)

Total profit before income tax123.7 

Acquisition of segment assets175.9 107. 2 142.5 5.7 134.3 20.7 586.3 

Segment assets2,032.7 1,046.7 2,769.6 542.4 804.8 592.0 7,788 . 2 

Segment liabilities1,030.2 485.8 1,465.1 327. 2 271.7 1,003.1 4,583.1 

Carrying value of equity accounted investees83.1 – 1.5 4.0 7.4 – 96.0 

(i) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

Annual Report 2019 71
B1. Segment information – continued

Reconciliation of segment EBIT to net profit after tax:

Note 

Segment results

2019

$’m 

2018

$’m 

Segment EBIT635.6 5 47.1 

Unallocated:

Mining goodwill impairment – ( 76 .4)

Divestment of Freight Rail – (50.2)

Auburn Rail claim – (25.0)

Divisional merger costs – (28.5)

Spotless transaction related costs – (28.0)

Murra Warra wind farm loss

1

(45.0)–

Amortisation of Spotless and Tenix acquired intangible assets(47.0)(4 8 . 2)

Fair value gain on revaluation of existing interest in Downer Mouchel Joint VentureF217.0 – 

Corporate costs(98.4)(86.0)

Total unallocated(173.4)(342.3)

Earnings before interest and tax462.2 204.8 

Net finance costs(82.4)(81.1)

Profit before income tax379.8 123.7 

Income tax expenseB4(a)(103.5)(52.6)

Profit after income tax276.3 71.1 

1 Relates to Downer’s obligation to complete the Murra Warra wind farm following Senvion’s insolvency as announced to the

market on 1 August 2019. The onerous contract provision recognised is not related to contract performance, rather to the credit

risk assumed by Downer to complete the contract as Downer and Senvion share liability under the project jointly and severally.

This individually significant item is classified to the unallocated segment and is disclosed as part of “other expenses from ordinary

activities” in the statement of profit or loss at 30 June 2019.


Segment assets by geographical location:

Segment assets

Non-current

Acquisition of

segment assets

Non-current

2019

$’m 

2018

$’m 

2019

$’m 

2018

$’m 

Geographic location

(i)

Australia4,456.3 4, 287. 2 545.0 538.0 

New Zealand and Pacific378.3 355.4 46.4 47.1 

Rest of the world8.7 12.0 0.3 1.2 

To t a l4,843.3 4,654.6 591.7 586.3 

(i) Assets are allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.

72 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

B2. Revenue

Revenue and other income

2019

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Service revenue2,628.4 1,441.7 2,525.6 914.6 1,363.5 (1.4)8,872.4 

Construction contracts936.9 1,061.5 821.6 767.0  –  – 3,587.0 

Sale of goods204.4 1.2 36.6 14.9 57.0  – 314.1 

Total revenue from

contracts with customers3,769.7 2,504.4 3,383.8 1,696.5 1,420.5 (1.4)12,773.5 

Other revenue5.2 1.4  – 6.9 0.9 1.5 15.9 

Total revenue from

ordinary activities3,774.9 2,505.8 3,383.8 1,703.4 1,421.4 0.1 12,789.4 

Other income0.8 0.9 0.9 1.2 2.1 17. 4 23.3 

Total revenue

and other income3,775.7 2,506.7 3,384.7 1,704.6 1,423.5 17.5 12,812.7 

Share of sales revenue

from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

572.6  – 8.0  – 55.0  – 635.6 

Total revenue including

joint ventures and

other income

(i)

4,348.3 2,506.7 3,392.7 1,704.6 1,478.5 17.5 13,448.3 

2018

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Service revenue2,601.71, 257.1 2,599.0611.61, 297.6(34.8)8,332.2 

Construction contracts1,140. 2744.6 745.0723.2––3,353.0 

Sale of goods205.71.161.519.73.2–291.2 

Total revenue from

contracts with customers3 , 947.62,002.83,405.51,354.51,300.8(34.8)11,976.4 

Other revenue11.31.7–1.44.321.540.2 

Total revenue from

ordinary activities3,958.92,004.53,405.51,355.91,305.1(13.3)12,016.6 

Other income1.40.47.60.64.3–14.3 

Total revenue

and other income3,960.32,004.93 ,413 .11,356.51,309.4(13.3)12,030.9 

Share of sales revenue

from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

511.0–8.121.249.0–589.3 

Total revenue including

joint ventures and

other income

(i)

4,471. 32,004.93,421.21, 37 7.71,358.4(13.3)12,620.2 

(i) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

Annual Report 2019 73
B2. Revenue – continued

Revenue from contracts with customers by geographical location:

2019

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Geographic location

(i)

Australia2,610.2 2,007.8 2,481.6 1,676.5 1,364.0 (1.4)10,138.7 

New Zealand and Pacific1,159.5 496.6 902.2 0.2  –  – 2,558.5 

Rest of the world –  –  – 19.8 56.5  – 76.3 

Total revenue from

contracts with customers3,769.7 2,504.4 3,383.8 1,696.5 1,420.5 (1.4)12,773.5 

2018

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Geographic location

(i)

Australia2 , 807. 3 1,575.9 2,521.8 1,336.1 1,248.2 (34.8)9,454.5 

New Zealand and Pacific1,140.3 426.9 883.7 2.2 – – 2,453.1 

Rest of the world– – – 16.2 52.6 – 68.8 

Total revenue from

contracts with customers3 , 947.6 2,002.8 3,405.5 1,354.5 1,300.8 (34.8)11,976.4 

(i) Revenue is allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.

Recognition and measurement

Revenue

The Group has adopted AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts

with Customers from 1 July 2018. Under AASB 15, revenue

is recognised when a customer obtains control of the goods

or services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the

consideration received or receivable. Determining the timing

of the transfer of control – at a point in time or over time –

requires judgement. Revenue is recognised if it meets the

criteria below.

(i) Rendering of services

The Group primarily generates service revenue from the

following activities:

–Maintenance and management of transport infrastructure;

–Utilities infrastructure maintenance services

(gas, power and water);

–Maintenance and installation of infrastructure in the

telecommunications sector;

–Industrial plant maintenance;

–Contract mining services, mining assets maintenance

services, tyre management and blasting;

–Rolling stock maintenance and rail asset

management services;

–Engineering and consultancy services; and

–Facilities management.

Typically, under the performance obligations of service contracts,

the customer consumes and receives the benefit of the service

as it is provided. As such, service revenue is recognised over

time as the services are provided.

(ii) Construction contracts

The contractual terms and the way in which the Group operates

its construction contracts is predominantly derived from

projects containing one performance obligation. Under these

performance obligations, customers either simultaneously

receive and consume the benefits as the Group performs

them or performance creates or enhances an asset that the

customer controls as the asset is created or enhanced. Therefore

contracted revenue is recognised over time based on stage of

completion of the contract.

(iii) Sale of goods

Revenue is recognised at a point in time when the customer

obtains control of goods and services. In the prior year revenue

was recognised when the significant risks and rewards of

ownership of the goods passed to the buyer.

(iv) Other revenue

Other revenue primarily includes rental income

received by the Group.

74 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Revenue recognition after 1 July 2018Revenue recognition before 1 July 2018

Contract claims and variations – now referred to as contract modifications

For services and construction contracts the new standard provides a higher threshold

for recognition of variations, claims and incentives which only allows revenue from

variations and claims to be recognised to the extent they are approved or enforceable

under the contract. The amount of revenue is then recognised to the extent it is highly

probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur.

In making this assessment, the Group considers a number of factors including nature

of the claim, formal or informal acceptance by the customer of the validity of the claim,

stage of negotiations, or the historical outcome of similar claims to determine whether

the enforceable and “highly probable” threshold has been met.

Revenue in relation to modifications, such as a change in the scope of the contract,

will only be included in the transaction price, when it is approved by the parties to the

contract or the modification is enforceable and the amount becomes highly probable.

Modifications will be recognised when client instruction has been received in line with

customary business practice for the customer.

Estimates of revenue include:

–claims from customers where

negotiations have reached an advanced

stage and it is probable that the

customer will accept the claim and the

amount can be measured reliably; and

–variations when it is probable that the

customer will approve the variation and

the amount can be measured reliably.

Contract costs (tender costs)

Costs incurred during the tender / bid process are expensed, unless they are

incremental to obtaining the contract and the Group expects to recover those costs

or where they are explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless of whether the

contract is obtained.

Costs incurred during the tender / bid

process are capitalised within amounts due

from customers under contracts when it is

probable that the contract will be awarded.

If the contracts are not subsequently

awarded the amounts capitalised are

expensed to profit or loss.

Performance obligations and contract duration

Revenue is allocated to each performance obligation and recognised as the

performance obligation is satisfied which may be at a point in time or over time.

AASB 15 requires a granular approach to identify the different revenue streams

(i.e. performance obligations) in a contract by identifying the different activities that

are being undertaken and then aggregating only those where the different activities

are significantly integrated or highly interdependent. Revenue will continue to be

recognised, on certain contracts over time, as a single performance obligation when

the services are part of a series of distinct goods and services that are substantially

integrated with the same pattern of transfer.

AASB 15 provides guidance in respect of the term over which revenue may be

recognised and is limited to the period for which the parties have enforceable rights

and obligations. When the customer can terminate a contract for convenience

(without a substantive penalty), the contract term and related revenue is limited to the

termination period.

The Group has elected to apply the practical expedient to not adjust the total

consideration over the contract term for the effect of a financing component if the

period between the transfer of services to the customer and the customer’s payment

for these services is expected to be one year or less.

Under AASB 111 Construction Contracts

revenue is recognised over the stated term

of the contract.

B2. Revenue – continued

Recognition and measurement – continued

The following table provides information about the Group’s revenue recognition policies for both services and construction contracts

under the current and previous accounting standards:

Annual Report 2019 75
Revenue recognition after 1 July 2018Revenue recognition before 1 July 2018

Measure of progress

The Group recognises revenue using the measure of progress that best reflects the

Group’s performance in satisfying the performance obligation within the contracts

over time. The different methods of measuring progress include an input method (e.g.

costs incurred) or an output method (e.g. milestones reached). The same method of

measuring progress will be consistently applied to similar performance obligations.

Contract revenue and contract costs are

recognised as revenue and expenses by

reference to the stage of completion of the

contract at the end of the reporting period.

Variable consideration

Variable consideration that is contingent on the Group’s performance, including key

performance payments, liquidated damages and abatements that offset revenue

under the contract, is recognised only when it is highly probable that a reversal of that

revenue will not occur.

In addition, where the identified revenue stream is determined to be a series of distinct

goods or services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of

transfer to the customer (for example maintenance services), variable consideration is

recognised in the period/(s) in which the series of distinct goods or services subject to

the variable consideration are completed.

Estimates of revenue include incentive

payments such as payments for meeting

certain performance criteria when it is

probable that the criteria will be met and

can be measured reliably. Liquidated

damages or abatements that are probable

and can be measured reliably are included

in contract costs.

Loss making contracts

Loss-making contracts are recognised under AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent

Liabilities and Contingent Assets as onerous contracts.

For contracts under the percentage of

completion method the expected loss on a

contract is recognised immediately when

it is probable that total contract costs will

exceed total contract revenue.

Key estimates and judgements: Revenue recognition

Stage of completion

Determining the stage of completion requires an estimate of expenses incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated costs.

Modifications

When a contract modification exists and the Group has an approved enforceable right to payment, revenue in relation

to claims and variations is only included in the transaction price when the amount claimable becomes highly probable.

Management uses judgement in determining whether an approved enforceable right exists and the amount that meets

the “highly probable” thereshold.

Variable consideration

Determining the amount of variable consideration requires an estimate based on either “the expected value” or “the most likely

amount”. The estimate of variable consideration can only be recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant

revenue reversal will not occur in future.

Changes in these estimation methods could have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.

B2. Revenue – continued

Recognition and measurement – continued

76 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

B3. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per share (EPS) is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average

number of ordinary shares outstanding.

20192018

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($’m)261.8 71.4 

Adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($’m)(8.3)(8.0)

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating EPS ($’m)253.5 63.4 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)

(i)

591.2 590.5 

Basic earnings per share (cents per share)42.9 10.7 

Diluted earnings per share

The calculation of diluted EPS is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary

shares outstanding after adjustments for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

20192018

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($’m)261.8 71.4 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

–Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)

(i) (ii)

592.2 590.5 

–WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (m’s)

(iii)

26.9 27. 8 

WANOS used in the calculation of diluted EPS (m’s)619.1 618.3 

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share)

(iv)

42.3 10.7 

(i) The WANOS on issue has been adjusted by the weighted average effect of the unvested executive incentive shares.

(ii) For diluted earnings per share, the WANOS has been further adjusted by the potential vesting of executive incentive shares.

(iii) The WANOS adjustment is the value of ROADS that could potentially be converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is calculated based on the issued value of

ROADS in New Zealand dollars converted to Australian dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the reporting date, which was $191.2 million (2018: $183.4 million), divided by the

average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares for the period 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2019 discounted by 2.5% according to the ROADS contract terms, which was

$7.10 (2018: $6.60).

(iv) At 30 June 2018, the ROADS are deemed anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at 10.7 cents per share.

Annual Report 2019 77
B4. Taxation

a) Reconciliation of income tax expense

The prima facie income tax expense on profit before income tax reconciles to the income tax expense in the financial

statements as follows:

2019

$’m

2018

$’m 

Profit before income tax379.8 123.7 

Tax using the Company’s statutory tax rate113.9 37.1 

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions(1.7)(1.3)

Non-deductible expenses0.8 1.0 

Profits and franked distributions from joint ventures and associates(6.8)(5.6)

Non-taxable government grant – (2.6)

Impairment of goodwill – 22.9 

Non-taxable gains(5.1)(1.8)

Other items0.1 1.2 

Under / (over) provision of income tax in previous year2.3 1.7 

Total income tax expense103.5 52.6 

Current tax expense63.4 49.2 

Deferred tax expense40.1 3.4 

The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax rate of 30% payable by Australian corporate entities on taxable profits

under Australian tax law. There has been no change in the corporate tax rate when compared with the previous year.

Recognition and measurement

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount of

income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable

profit or tax loss for the period; it is calculated using tax rates

and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted

by the reporting date.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is accounted for in respect of temporary differences

arising from differences between the carrying amount of assets

and liabilities and the corresponding tax base.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary

differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible

temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax offsets, to the

extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profits will be

available to utilise them.

However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised for:

–Temporary differences that arise from the initial recognition

of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business

combination which affects neither taxable income nor

accounting profit;

–Temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries,

associates and joint ventures to the extent that the Group

is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary

differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the

foreseeable future; and

–Temporary differences arising from goodwill.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates

and tax laws that are expected to apply in the year when the

asset is utilised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax

laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the

reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity

are recognised in equity and not in the income statement.

Offsetting deferred tax balances

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate

to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the

Company/consolidated entity intends to settle its current tax

assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Tax consolidation

Downer EDI Limited and its wholly owned Australian entities are

part of a tax-consolidated group under Australian taxation law.

Downer EDI Limited is the head entity in the tax-consolidated

group. Entities within the tax-consolidated group have entered

into a tax funding agreement and a tax sharing agreement

with the head entity. Under the terms of the tax funding

agreement, Downer EDI Limited and each of the entities in the

tax-consolidated group have agreed to pay (or receive) a tax

equivalent payment to (or from) the head entity, based on the

current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity.

78 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

B4. Taxation – continued

a) Reconciliation of income tax expense – continued

Key estimate and judgement:

Recovery of deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible

temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax offsets,

to the extent it is probable that sufficient future taxable

profits will be available to utilise them. Judgement is

required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets

that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and

the level of future taxable profits.

Key estimate and judgement: Income taxes

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and

jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is

required to determine the worldwide provision for income

taxes and to assess whether deferred tax balances are

recognised on the statement of financial position. Changes

in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact

the amount of provision for income taxes and deferred tax

balances recognised.

b) Movement in deferred tax balances

2019

$’m

Net

balance

at

30 June

2018

Opening

balance

adjust-

ment on

application

of AASB 15

Net

balance

at 1 July

2018

Charged

to income

statement

Charged to

comprehen-

sive income

and equity

Net foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquis-

ition and

disposal

Net

balance

at

30 June

2019

Deferred

tax

assets

Deferred

tax

liabilities

Trade receivables and

contract assets(100.5)83.2 (17. 3)(36.6) – (0.3)(9.2)(63.4) – (63.4)

Joint ventures and associates(0.9) – (0.9)0.9  –  –  –  –  –  – 

Property, plant and equipment(32.2) – (32.2)(8.0) – (0.1)(0.6)(40.9) – (40.9)

Intangible assets(164.1) – (164.1)19.7  – (0.2)(9.1)(153.7) – (153.7)

Income tax losses32.5  – 32.5 (4.2) –  –  – 28.3 28.3  – 

Trade payables and

contract liabilities34.5  – 34.5 (9.5) – (0.2)3.1 27.9 27.9  – 

Provisions, including

employee benefits 129.4 25.6 155.0 (1.7) – (0.4)(6.3)146.6 146.6  – 

Other6.6  – 6.6 (0.7)3.8 1.0 0.4 11.1 11.1  – 

Tax assets/(liabilities)

before set-off(94.7)108.8 14.1 (40.1)3.8 (0.2)(21.7)(44.1)213.9 (258.0)

Set-off of DTA against DTL –  –  – (120.4)120.4 

Net tax assets/(liabilities)(94.7)14.1 (44.1)93.5 (137.6)

2018

$’m

Net balance

at 1 July

2017

Charged

to income

statement

Charged to

comprehen-

sive income

and equity

Net foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquisition

and

disposal

Net balance

at 30 June

2018

Deferred

tax

assets

Deferred

tax

liabilities

Trade receivables and contract assets(103.0)1.6–0.80.1(100.5)–(100.5)

Inventories(9.8)9.8––––––

Joint ventures and associates(1.1)0.2–––(0.9)–(0.9)

Property, plant and equipment(12.9)(19.3)–––(32.2)–(32.2)

Intangible assets(166.6)19.0––(16.5)(164.1)–(164.1)

Income tax losses25.17.4–––32.532.5–

Trade payables and contract liabilities20.812.9–0.30.534.534.5–

Provisions, including employee benefits 156.5(33.2)–(0. 2)6.3129.4129.4–

Other5.0(1.8)1.60.11.76.66.6–

Tax assets/(liabilities) before set-off(86.0)(3 .4)1.61.0( 7. 9)(94.7)203.0(297.7 )

Set-off of DTA against DTL––(127. 5)127. 5

Net tax assets/(liabilities)(86.0)(94.7)75.5(170.2)

Annual Report 2019 79
B5. Remuneration of auditors

2019

$

2018

$

Audit or review of financial reports:

Audit or review – Australia4,376,000  4,165,000

Audit or review – Overseas1,026,736  721,000

Sustainability and other

assurance services452,044  278,634

5,854,780 5,164,634 

Non-audit services

Tax services338,957  556,106

Advisory and due

diligence services275,000  950,457

613,957 1,506,563 

The auditor of the Group is KPMG.

B6. Subsequent events

In September 2017 Spotless commenced a Facilities

Management Sub-Contract (Subcontract) at the New Royal

Adelaide Hospital (nRAH). Spotless’ subcontract is with Celsus,

which has a head contract with the South Australian Government

as part of a Public Private Partnership model.

On 21 August 2019, Spotless reached in-principle agreement

with the South Australian Government and Celsus in relation

to the delivery of services under the Subcontract. The

agreement includes;

–settlement of historical abatement claims previously

disclosed as a contingent liability by Downer and Spotless;

–a revised KPI and abatement regime designed to better

reflect the services provided by Spotless; and

–an increase to Spotless’ monthly service fee.

The settlement agreement, which is expected to be signed in

the first half of the 2020 financial year, will take financial effect

from 1 July 2019.

Other than this in-principle agreement, at the date of this report,

there have been no other matters or circumstances that have

arisen since the end of the financial year, that have significantly

affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group,

the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the

Group in subsequent financial years.

80 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

C

Operating assets and liabilities

This section provides information relating to the operating assets and liabilities of the Group. Downer has a strong focus

on maintaining a strong balance sheet through continued focus on cash conversion. The Group’s strategy also considers

expenditure, growth and acquisition requirements.

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

C3. Inventories

C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities

C5. Property, plant and equipment

C6. Intangible assets

C7. Finance lease receivables

C8. Provisions

C9. Contingent liabilities

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

(a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

Note

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Profit after tax for the year276.3 71.1

Adjustments for:

Share of joint ventures and associates’ profits net of distributionsF1(a)(8.0)(8.2)

Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assetsC5, C6360.0 370.2

Amortisation of deferred costs4.2 5.7

Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment(4.8)(14.2)

Fair value gain on revaluation of existing interest in Downer Mouchel Joint VentureF2(17.0) –

Loss on disposal of businessF3 – 40.6 

Impairment of intangiblesB1 – 76.4

Research and development incentives – (8.7)

Foreign exchange gains(1.5)(0.1)

Movement in current tax balances6.9 ( 7. 5)

Movement in deferred tax balances40.5 13.7

Share-based employee benefits expenseD14.0 2.8

Other2.3 0.7

386.6 471.4 

Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition and disposal of businesses:

(Increase) / decrease in assets:

Current trade receivables and contract assets(67.1)(479.1)

Current inventories(29.3)(17. 2)

Other current assets(1.5)6.3

Non-current trade receivables and contract assets(10.2)(53.8)

Other non-current assets0.4 12.1

Increase / (decrease) in liabilities:

Current trade payables and contract liabilities65.9 607.7

Current financial liabilities(3.7)21.2

Current provisions16.1 (41 . 8)

Non-current trade payables and contract liabilities24.2 (13.9)

Non-current financial liabilities(3.1)10.2

Non-current provisions(24.4)(10.9)

(32.7)40.8

Net cash generated by operating activities630.2 583.3

Annual Report 2019 81
C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents – continued

(b) Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

$’m

1 July

2018

Net cash

flows

Amortisation

and foreign

exchange

movement

30 June

2019

Interest bearing loans1,504.7 160.628.0 1,693.3

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities16.5 (5.5)(0.8)10.2

Total liabilities from financing activities1,521.2 155.1 27. 2 1,703.5

(c) Cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprises:

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Cash663.2 321.4

Short-term deposits47.5 284.8

710.7 606.2

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Trade receivables888.0 842.0

Loss allowance(17.5)(15.3)

870.5 826.7


Contract assets1,084.4 1,228.5 

Other receivables111.0 175.9 

Total trade receivables and

contract assets2,065.9 2, 231.1 

Included in the

financial statements as:

Current1,991.5 2 ,117. 9 

Non-current74.4 113.2 

Contract asset balances

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Contract assets1,050.3 1,162.0 

Contract costs (Tender costs) – 34.0 

Retentions34.1 32.5 

Total contract assets1,084.4 1,228.5 

A summary of the Group’s exposure to credit risk for trade

receivables and contract assets is as follows:

Ageing profile of trade receivables and contract assets

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Neither past due nor impaired1,771.7 1,749.8 

Past due but not impaired183.2 305.4 

Impaired17.5 15.3 

1,972.4 2,070.5 

An impairment loss of $1.3 million on trade receivables

and contract assets arising from contracts with customers

was recognised during the year in “Other expenses” in the

consolidated statement of profit or loss.

82 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets – continued

Remaining performance obligations

As of 30 June 2019, the aggregate amount of the transaction

price allocated to the remaining performance obligations is

$14,514.3 million. The Group will recognise this revenue when

the performance obligations are satisfied. Approximately 28%

of remaining performance obligations are expected to occur

within the next five years; with the remaining 72% of performance

obligations, being related to long-term service / maintenance

contracts, ranging up to 43 years.

When a customer can terminate for convenience without a

substantive penalty, the contract term and related revenue

are limited by the termination clause. This would include,

for example, framework contracts for which a firm order

or instruction has not been received from the customer.

Nonetheless, based on historical experience, these contracts

are not expected to be cancelled and therefore future revenue

and profits are expected to be recognised in line with the

contract term. The Group has also applied the practical

expedient available under the accounting standards to exclude

those contracts with an original expected duration of less than

12 months from the above disclosure.

As permitted under the transitional provisions in AASB 15,

the transaction price allocated to remaining performance

obligations as of 30 June 2018 is not disclosed.

Recognition and measurement

Trade receivables

Trade receivables and other receivables are initially recognised

at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the

effective interest rate method, less an allowance for impairment.

Contract assets

Contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s rights to

consideration for work performed but not billed at the reporting

date. The contract assets are transferred to trade receivables

when the rights have become unconditional. This usually occurs

when the Group issues an invoice in accordance with contractual

terms to the customer.

Payments from customers are received based on a billing

schedule / milestone basis, as established in our contracts.

Costs to fulfil contracts

Costs incremental to obtaining a contract and that are expected

to be recovered or are explicitly chargeable to the customer

regardless of whether the contract is obtained are capitalised.

Financial assets and liabilities

AASB 9 Financial Instruments contains a new classification and

measurement approach for financial assets that reflects the

business model in which assets are managed and their cash flow

characteristics.

AASB 9 contains three principal classification categories for

financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair value through

other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value through

profit or loss (FVTPL). The standard eliminates the existing

AASB 139 categories of held to maturity, loans and receivables and

available for sale. The existing requirements for the classification of

financial liabilities in AASB 139 is retained, resulting in no change

in classification or measurement of financial liabilities on adoption

of AASB 9. The adoption of AASB 9 has not had a significant effect

on the Group’s accounting policies related to financial assets.

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial rights, their

carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

Impairment

AASB 9 replaced the “incurred loss” model in AASB 139 with

a forward looking “expected credit loss” (ECL) model. The

Group exercises considerable judgement about how changes

in economic factors affect ECL, which is determined on a

probability-weighted basis. There is consideration around the

probability of default upon initial recognition and subsequent

assessment as to whether there has been a significant increase

in credit risk at each reporting period.

This impairment model applies to financial assets measured

at amortised cost or FVOCI (except for investments in

equity instruments).

Under AASB 9, loss allowances are measured on either of the

following bases:

–12-month ECLs: where there are ECLs that result from

possible default events within 12 months from the

reporting date; and

–Lifetime ECLs: these are ECLs that result from all possible

default events over the expected life of a financial instrument.

The Group has applied the simplified approach to recognise

lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables, contract

assets and finance lease receivables as permitted by AASB 9.

In the prior year, the allowance for doubtful debts was made

for the estimated irrecoverable trade receivable amounts

arising from services provided, determined in reference to past

default experience.

Annual Report 2019 83
C3. Inventories

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Current

Raw materials127.0 123.2 

Work in progress7. 3 0.2 

Finished goods56.2 47.6 

Components and spare parts114.1 97. 8 

304.6 268.8 

Recognition and measurement

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all

estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Trade payables810.6 674. 2 

Contract liabilities501.5429.1 

Accruals1,007.2 1,088.9 

Other137.5 115.9 

2,456.8 2,308.1 

Included in the financial statements as:

Current2,405.5 2,281.6 

Non-current51.3 26.5 

Recognition and measurement

Trade payables, accruals and other payables

Trade payables, accruals and other accounts payable are recognised when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments

resulting from the purchase of goods and services.

Contract liabilities

Contract liabilities primarily relate to the Group’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group has

received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when

work is performed under the contract.

If the net amount of the Group’s rights to consideration for work performed after deduction of progress payments received is negative,

the difference is recognised as a liability and included as part of contract liabilities.

The amount of $230.9 million recognised in contract liabilities at the beginning of the year has been recognised as revenue for the year

ended 30 June 2019.

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial obligations, their carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

84 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

C5. Property, plant and equipment

2019

$’m

Freehold

land and

buildings

Plant,

equipment

and leasehold

improvements

Equipment

under

finance

lease

Laundries

rental

stockTo t a l

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2018118.8 1,106.3 14.1 41.2 1,280.4 

Additions10.5 305.3 2.3 35.2 353.3 

Disposals at net book value(3.0)(8.5)(2.3) – (13.8)

Acquisition of businesses

(i)

0.1 12.0  –  – 12.1 

Depreciation expense(2.9)(219.8)(4.8)(32.5)(260.0)

Reclassifications at net book value – 0.4 (0.4) –  – 

Reclassified as intangible assets

(ii)

– (0.8) –  – (0.8)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value0.5 1.3 0.1 0.2 2.1 

Closing net book value as at 30 June 2019124.0 1,196.2 9.0 44.1 1,373.3 

Cost152.8 2,722.1 24.5 105.9 3,005.3 

Accumulated depreciation(28.8)(1,525.9)(15.5)(61.8)(1,632.0)

2018

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2017 (restated)

(iii)

129.41,061.252.337. 51,280.4

Additions0.5322.97. 936.2367. 5

Disposals at net book value(5.6)(14.9)(14.4)–(34.9)

Acquisition of businesses–3.27.61.512.3

Disposal of business at net book value–(60.0)––(60.0)

Depreciation expense(5.1)(229.5)(10.3)(3 3 .4)(278.3)

Reclassifications at net book value–26.5(29.1)2.6–

Reclassified as intangible assets

(ii)

–(0.3)––(0.3)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value(0.4)(2.8)0.1(3.2)(6.3)

Closing net book value as at 30 June 2018118.81,106.314.141.21,280.4

Cost155.12,488.734.174.02,751.9

Accumulated depreciation(36.3)(1,382.4)(20.0)(32.8)(1,471. 5)

(i) The values recognised are based on the fair value of assets acquired from the business acquisitions made during the year ended 30 June 2019, for which the accounting on

certain transactions remains provisional. Refer to Note F2.

(ii) Refers to the reclassification of software from Capital work in progress to Intangible assets.

(iii) June 2017 balances were restated to reflect the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments made during the previous period on opening balances.

Recognition and measurement

The value of property, plant and equipment is measured as the cost of the asset less accumulated depreciation and impairment.

The expected useful life and depreciation methods used are listed below:

ItemUseful lifeDepreciation method

Freehold landn/aNo depreciation

Buildings20-50 yearsStraight-line

Leasehold improvementsLife of leaseStraight-line

Plant and equipment – mining, power and gasWorking hoursBased on hours of use

Plant and equipment – other3-25 yearsStraight-line

Equipment under finance lease5-15 yearsStraight-line – lease term

Laundries rental stock18 months-5 yearsStraight-line

Annual Report 2019 85
C5. Property, plant and equipment – continued

Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives and residual values

The estimation of the useful lives and residual values of assets has been based on historical experience as well as manufacturers’

warranties (for plant and equipment), lease terms (for leased equipment and leasehold improvements) and turnover policies.

In addition, the condition of the assets is assessed at least once per year and considered against the remaining useful life.

Adjustments to useful lives and residual values are made when considered necessary.

C6. Intangible assets

2019

$’mGoodwill

Customer

contracts

and

relationships

Brand

names on

acquisition

Intellectual

property on

acquisition

Software

and system

developmentTo t a l

Carrying amount as at 1 July 20182,351.5 381.1 74.7 2.2 241.2 3,050.7 

Additions –  –  –  – 45.3 45.3 

Disposals at net book value –  –  –  – (0.3)(0.3)

Acquisition of businesses

(i)

98.2 30.2  –  –  – 128.4 

Reclassifications at net book value

(ii)

–  –  –  – 0.8 0.8 

Amortisation expense – (66.3)(3.9)(0.2)(29.6)(100.0)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value4.8 – 0.5  – 0.5 5.8 

Closing net book value as at 30 June 20192,454.5 345.0 71.3 2.0 257.9 3,130.7 

Cost2,606.9 494.1 79.4 2.4 419.3 3,602.1 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment(152.4)(149.1)(8.1)(0.4)(161.4)(471.4)

2018

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2017

(restated)

(iii)

2 , 3 41.1409.156.93.5220.63,031.2

Additions––––46.446.4

Disposals at net book value––––(0. 2)(0. 2)

Acquisition of businesses105.034.521.7(1.1)–160.1

Disposal of business at net book value(14.2)––––(14.2)

Reclassifications at net book value

(ii)

––––0.30.3

Amortisation expense–(62.6)(3.9)(0. 2)(25.2)(91.9)

Impairment of goodwill( 76 .4)––––( 76 .4)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value(4 .0)0.1––(0.7)(4 . 6)

Closing net book value as at 30 June 20182,351.5381.174.72.2241.23,050.7

Cost2,503.9463.878.72.4394.93,443.7

Accumulated amortisation and impairment(152 .4)(82.7)(4 .0)(0. 2)(153.7)(393.0)

(i) The values recognised are based on the fair value of assets acquired from the business acquisitions made during the year ended 30 June 2019, for which the accounting on

certain transactions remains provisional. Refer to Note F2.

(ii) Refers to the reclassification of software from Capital work in progress to Intangible assets.

(iii) June 2017 balances were restated to reflect the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments made during the previous period on opening balances.

86 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

C6. Intangible assets – continued

Recognition and measurement

Goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured at

cost and subsequently measured at cost less any impairment

losses. The cost represents the excess of the cost of a business

combination over the fair value of the identifiable assets,

liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

Brand names on acquisition

Brand names acquired as part of a business combination are

recognised separately from goodwill and are carried at fair value

at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses.

Customer contracts and relationships on acquisition

Customer contracts and relationships acquired as part of

a business combination are recognised separately from

goodwill and are carried at fair value at date of acquisition

less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated

impairment losses.

Intellectual property on acquisition

Intellectual property acquired as part of a business combination

is recognised separately from goodwill and is carried at fair value

at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses.

Intellectual property, software and system development

Intangible assets acquired by the Group, including intellectual

property (purchased patents, trademarks and licences) and

software are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently

measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any

impairment losses. Internally developed systems are capitalised

once the project is assessed to be feasible. The costs

capitalised include consulting, licensing and direct labour

costs. Costs incurred in determining project feasibility are

expensed as incurred.

Amortisation

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a

straight-line basis over their useful lives. The estimated useful

lives are generally:

ItemUseful Life

Software and system development5-15 years

Brand names20 years

Customer contracts and relationships1-20 years

Intellectual property acquired15-20 years

Other intangible assets (other than indefinite

useful life intangible assets)20 years

The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed

at the end of each annual reporting period.

Impairment of assets

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life

are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or

changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.

Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or

changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may

not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the

asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. For the

purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest

levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows that

are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or

groups of assets (cash-generating units or CGUs). Non-financial

assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed

for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units

Goodwill has been allocated for impairment testing purposes

to CGUs (groups of units) that are significant individually or in

aggregate, taking into consideration the nature of service, resource

allocation, how operations are monitored and where independent

cash flows are identifiable.

Following Divisional and Operational restructures and changes

to operating segments there has been a change in the level at

which performance and goodwill is monitored. This has resulted

in a change to the manner in which impairment testing of goodwill

has been performed with a consequential reallocation of goodwill

across a revised group of CGUs.

Consequently, eight independent CGUs have been identified

across the Group against which goodwill has been allocated and

for which impairment testing has been undertaken. A goodwill

impairment assessment was also performed on the previous

CGUs, with no impairment identified.

Goodwill has been reallocated to the new CGUs based on the

relative fair value of each CGU. Comparatives have been restated.

The goodwill allocation to the new CGUs is presented below:

Carrying value of

consolidated goodwill

2019

$’m

2018

Restated

$’m

Transport Australia

(i)

283.6 212.0

Utilities Australia335.0 335.0

Rail55.3 55.3

Defence53.7 53.7

Downer NZ Services

(i)

70.5 68.0

Building Projects NZ63.7 61.0

Spotless

(i)

1,438.3 1,412 .1

EC&M Australia154.4 154.4

2,454.5 2,351.5

(i) Included in this amount is the goodwill for certain acquisitions made during the

year ended 30 June 2019, for which the accounting remains provisional.

Annual Report 2019 87
C6. Intangible assets – continued

Key estimate and judgement:

Impairment of assets

Determination of potential impairment requires an

estimation of the recoverable amount of the CGUs to which

the goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful

lives are allocated. Key assumptions requiring judgement

include projected cash flows, discount rates, capital

expenditure, working capital, budgeted EBITDA growth

rate and long-term growth rate.

Recoverable amount testing – key assumptions

The recoverable amount of the identified CGUs has been

completed using the higher of “value in use” and “fair value less

costs of disposal” (“FVLCOD”). For each CGU, this has resulted in

a “value in use” methodology being used.

The table below shows the key assumptions utilised in the

“value in use” calculations.

Budgeted

EBITDA

(i)

Long-term

growth rate

Discount

rate

Transport Australia6.7%2.5%8.9%

Utilities Australia1.9%2.5%9.2%

Rail(8.2%)2.5%9.8%

Defence15.8%2.5%9.3%

Downer NZ Services5.1%2.5%9.2%

Building Projects NZ4.1%2.5%8.8%

Spotless5.1%2.5%8.1%

EC&M Australia9.6%2.5%8.7%

(i) Budgeted EBITDA used for impairment testing is expressed as the compound

annual growth rates from FY19 to terminal year based on the CGUs

business plan.

(i) Projected cash flows including budgeted EBITDA

Value in use calculation

The Group determines the recoverable amount, using three-year

cash flow projections based on the FY20 budget for the year

ending 30 June 2020 and the business plan for the subsequent

financial years ending 30 June 2021 and 2022 (as discussed

with the Board). For FY23 onwards, the Group assumes a

long-term growth rate to allow for organic growth on the

existing asset base.

Cash flow projections are determined utilising the budgeted

Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation

(EBITDA) less tax, capital maintenance spending and working

capital changes, adjusted to exclude any uncommitted

restructuring costs and future benefits to provide a “free

cash flow” estimate. This calculated “free cash flow” is then

discounted to its present value using a post-tax discount rate

that reflects current market assessments of the time value of

money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates

of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

Budgeted EBITDA has been based on past experience and the

Group’s assessment of economic and regulatory factors affecting

the industry within which the Downer businesses operate:

–Transport Australia is expected to benefit from an increase

in activity in the transport infrastructure sector due to

population growth, increasing user expectation and higher

government spend;

–Utilities Australia is expected to benefit from an increase

in activity from existing customers in the electricity and

water sectors and from new customers in the wireless,

commercial solar and Biosolids sectors; partially offset

by the reduction in revenue from its existing significant

telecommunications contracts;

–Rail is expected to contract as the two major projects

(High Capacity Metro Trains and Sydney Growth Trains)

transition from train construction to the Through Life

Support (TLS) phase;

–Defence is expected to benefit from an increase in activity in

the defence consulting sector and revenue growth through

the integration of activities from building an end-to-end

service offering and expanding its offering and services

to key customers;

–Downer New Zealand Services is expected to benefit

from increased activities on Alliance contract models

and increased maintenance contracts in transport and

utilities sectors;

–Building Projects New Zealand is expected to benefit from a

changing competitive landscape and business development

in the South Island;

–Spotless is expected to benefit from increased activities

in the Government, Defence and Infrastructure and

Construction (I&C) sectors including contributions from

recent acquisitions; and

–EC&M Australia’s revenue and EBITDA include assumptions

that take into account the cyclical nature of the resources

industry and growth opportunities on Asset Maintenance

Services and in long-term service agreements in the LNG

and CSG sectors.

The FY20 budget and the business plan for FY21 and FY22

have included consideration of the impact of climate risk.

The impact of climate risk is not a key assumption in the

“value in use” calculation.

(ii) Long-term growth rates

The future annual growth rates for FY23 onwards to perpetuity

are based on the historical nominal GDP rates for the

country of operation.

88 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

C6. Intangible assets – continued

Recoverable amount testing – key assumptions

– continued

(iii) Discount rates

Post-tax discount rates of between 8.1% and 9.8% reflect the

Group’s estimate of the time value of money and risks specific

to each CGU. In determining the appropriate discount rate

for each CGU, consideration has been given to the estimated

weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for the Group adjusted

for country and business risks specific to that CGU, including

benchmarking against relevant peer group companies. The post-

tax discount rate is applied to post-tax cash flows that include

an allowance for tax based on the respective jurisdiction’s tax

rate. This method is used to approximate the requirement of

the accounting standards to apply a pre-tax discount rate to

pre-tax cash flows.

(iv) Budgeted capital expenditure

The cash flows for capital expenditure are based on past

experience and the amounts included in the terminal year

calculation are for maintenance capital used for existing plant

and replacement of plant as it is retired from service. The

resulting expenditure has been compared against the annual

depreciation charge to ensure that it is reasonable.

(v) Budgeted working capital

Working capital has been maintained at a level required to

support the business activities of each CGU, taking into account

changes in the business cycle. It has been assumed to be in line

with historic trends given the level of operating activity.

Sensitivities

Other than as disclosed below, the Group believes that for all

CGUs, any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions

would not cause the carrying value of the CGUs to exceed their

recoverable amounts.

The valuation of the Spotless CGU assumes growth in the

Government, I&C and Defence sectors driven by increased

projects works in facilities management and critical

infrastructure. The recoverable amount of the Spotless CGU

currently exceeds its carrying value by $338.2 million. A number

of scenarios, including the impact of macro-economic risks

and the timing of the cash flows arising from these growth

opportunities have been analysed. Based on the modelling

and analysis performed utilising a “value in use” model, the

recoverable amount of the Spotless CGU is expected to be

greater than its carrying value.

Management has identified that a reasonably possible

unfavourable change in the four-year compound annual

EBITDA growth rate, long-term growth rate and discount rate

assumptions in isolation, and in the absence of any mitigating

factors or unchanged circumstances, would result in the

carrying value of the Spotless CGU becoming equal to the

recoverable amount.

The following table shows the approximate individual change in

key assumptions under a downside sensitivity scenario for the

estimated recoverable amount of the Spotless CGU to be equal

to the carrying amount.

Individual changes in key assumptions

that would result in nil headroom

–Decrease in four-year compound annual

EBITDA growth rate(3.3%)

–Decrease in long-term growth rate(1.0%)

–Increase in the post-tax discount rate0.9%

C7. Finance lease receivables

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Less than one year14.2 4.2 

Between one and five years40.7 4.7 

Greater than five years0.2  - 

Future minimum lease receivables55.1 8.9 

Less: unearned finance income(4.0)(0.4)

Present value of minimum

lease receivables51.1 8.5 

Included in the

financial statements as:

Current12.4 4.0 

Non-current38.7 4.5 

There were no guaranteed residual values of assets leased under

finance leases at reporting date (2018: nil).

Recognition and measurement

Some of the Group’s mining services contracts include

arrangements whereby the customer will retain ownership of the

assets at the end of the contract. The asset component of those

contracts is recognised as finance lease receivables.

A finance lease arrangement transfers substantially all the

risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to the lessee.

The Group’s net investment in the lease equals the net present

value of the future minimum lease payments. Finance lease

income is recognised to reflect a constant periodic rate of

return on the Consolidated Group’s remaining net investment in

respect of the lease.

Annual Report 2019 89
C8. Provisions

2019

$’mNote

Decomm-

issioning and

restoration

Warranties

and contract

claims

Onerous

contracts

and otherTo t a l

Balance at 30 June 201833.119.862.9115.8

Opening balance adjustment on application of AASB 15G1 –  – 85.2 85.2 

Balance at 1 July 201833.1 19.8 148.1 201.0 

Additional provisions recognised2.0 14.2 58.4 74.6 

Unused provisions reversed(4.3)(3.5)(18.0)(25.8)

Utilisation of provisions(2.6)(8.4)(48.8)(59.8)

Acquisition of businesses – 1.5  – 1.5 

Net foreign currency exchange differences(0.1)0.1  –  – 

Balance at 30 June 201928.1 23.7 139.7 191.5 

Current6.6 23.3 77.1 107.0 

Non-current21.5 0.4 62.6 84.5 

Recognition and measurement

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when:

–The Group has a present obligation as a result

of a past event;

–It is probable that resources will be expended to settle the

obligation; and

–The amount of the provision can be measured reliably.

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Provisions for decommissioning and restoration are made for

close down, restoration and environmental rehabilitation costs,

including the cost of dismantling and demolition of infrastructure,

removal of residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas.

Future rectification costs are reviewed annually and any changes

are reflected in the present value of the rectification provision at

the end of the reporting period.

The provision is discounted using a pre-tax rate that reflects

current market assessments of the time value of money and the

risks specific to the liability.

(ii) Warranties and contract claims

Provisions for warranties and contract claims are made for

the estimated liability on all products still under warranty at

balance sheet date and known claims arising under service and

construction contracts.

(iii) Onerous contracts and other

Provisions primarily include amounts recognised in relation to

onerous customer contracts, supply contracts, surplus lease

contracts and return conditions provisions for leased assets. The

Group has leases that require the leased asset to be returned to

the lessor in a certain condition.

The onerous contract provision is discounted using a pre-tax

rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value

of money and the risks specific to the liability.

Additional onerous contract provision recognised includes

$45.0 million in relation to Murra Warra wind farm as

detailed in Note B1.

Key estimate and judgement: Provisions

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Judgement is required in determining the expected

expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at

the reporting date, based on current legal requirements

and technology.

(ii) Warranties and contract claims

The provision is estimated having regard to previous

claims experience.

(iii) Onerous contracts and other

These provisions have been calculated based on

management’s best estimate of discounted net cash

outflows required to fulfil the contracts. The status of

these contracts and the adequacy of provisions are

assessed at each reporting date. The return condition

provision is estimated based on the costs associated with

returning leased assets to the lessor in a certain condition.

90 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

C9. Contingent liabilities

BondingNote

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

The Group has bid bonds

and performance bonds

issued in respect of

contract performance

in the normal course

of business for

controlled entitiesE21,323.21, 3 41.6

The Group is called upon to give guarantees and indemnities to

counterparties, relating to the performance of contractual and

financial obligations (including for controlled entities and related

parties). Other than as noted above, these guarantees and

indemnities are indeterminable in amount.

Other contingent liabilities

i) The Group is subject to design liability in relation to

completed design and construction projects. The Directors

are of the opinion that there is adequate insurance to cover

this area and accordingly, no amounts are recognised in the

financial statements.

ii) The Group is subject to product liability claims. Provision

is made for the potential costs of carrying out rectification

works based on known claims and previous claims history.

However, as the ultimate outcome of these claims cannot

be reliably determined at the date of this report, contingent

liability may exist for any amounts that ultimately become

payable in excess of current provisioning levels.

iii) Controlled entities have entered into various joint arrangements

under which the controlled entity is jointly and severally liable

for the obligations of the relevant joint arrangements.

iv) The Group carries the normal contractors and consultants

liability in relation to services, supply and construction

contracts (for example, liability relating to professional advice,

design, completion, workmanship, and damage), as well as

liability for personal injury / property damage during the

course of a project. Potential liability may arise from claims,

disputes and / or litigation / arbitration by or against Group

companies and / or joint venture arrangements in which

the Group has an interest. The Group is currently managing

a number of claims, arbitration and litigation processes in

relation to services, supply and construction contracts as

well as in relation to personal injury and property damage

claims arising from project delivery.

v) Several New Zealand entities in the Group have been named

as co-defendants in “leaky building” claims. The leaky building

claims where Group entities are co-defendants generally

relate to water damage arising from historical design and

construction methodologies (and certification) for residential

and other buildings in New Zealand during the early-mid

2000s. The Directors are of the opinion that disclosure of

any further information relating to the leaky building claims

would be prejudicial to the interests of the Group.

vi) On 16 September 2015, the Group announced that it had

terminated a contract with Tecnicas Reunidas S.A. (“TR”)

following TR’s failure to remedy a substantial breach of the

contract and that the Group is pursuing a claim against TR

in the order of $65 million. Downer has since demobilised

from the site and has commenced a claim that will be

determined via an arbitration process, with a hearing date

currently expected to occur in April 2020. TR has initiated

a counter-claim, which is being defended by Downer. The

Directors are of the opinion that disclosure of any further

information relating to this matter would be prejudicial to the

interests of the Group.

vii) On 25 May 2017, Alison Court, as applicant, filed a

representative proceeding in the Federal Court of Australia

on behalf of shareholders who acquired Spotless shares from

25 August 2015 to 1 December 2015. The applicant under

this proceeding alleges that Spotless engaged in misleading

or deceptive conduct and/or breached its continuous

disclosure obligations in relation to Spotless’ financial results

for the financial year ended 30 June 2015 and in its conduct

following the release of those financial results until Spotless

issued its trading update of 2 December 2015. The applicant

seeks damages, declarations, interest and costs. Spotless is

vigorously defending the proceeding.

Annual Report 2019 91
D

Employee benefits

This section provides a breakdown of the various programs

Downer uses to reward and recognise employees and

key executives, including Key Management Personnel

(KMP). Downer believes that these programs reinforce the

value of ownership and incentives and drive performance

both individually and collectively to deliver better returns

to shareholders.

D1. Employee benefits

D2. Key management personnel compensation

D3. Employee discount share plan

D1. Employee benefits

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Employee benefits provision:

–Current340.5 336.7

–Non-current45.1 38.0

To t a l385.6 374.7

Recognition and measurement

The employee benefits liability represents accrued wages and

salaries, leave entitlements and other incentives recognised in

respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting

period. These liabilities are measured at the amounts expected to

be paid when they are settled and include related on-costs, such as

workers compensation insurance, superannuation and payroll tax.

Key estimate and judgement:

Annual leave and long service leave

Long-term employee benefits are measured at the present

value of estimated future payments for the services

provided by employees up to the end of the reporting

period. This calculation requires judgement in determining

the following key assumptions:

–Future increase in wages and salary rates;

–Future on-cost rates; and

–Expected settlement dates based on staff turnover history.

The liability is discounted using the Australian corporate

bond rates which most closely match the terms to maturity

of the entitlement.

For New Zealand employees the liability is discounted

using long-term government bond rates given there is no

deep corporate bond market.

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Employee benefits expense:

–Defined contribution plans258.2 219.2

–Shared-based employee benefits

expense4.0 2.8

–Employee benefits4,078.2 3,812.2

To t a l4,340.4 4,034.2

D2. Key management personnel compensation

2019

$

2018

$

Short-term employee benefits12,804,694 14,236,432

Post-employment benefits1,298,516 310,779

Share-based payments2,415,989 2,841,759

To t a l16,519,199 17, 3 88 ,970

Recognition and measurement

Equity-settled transactions

Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at

fair value at the date of grant. The cost of these transactions

is recognised in profit or loss and credited to equity over the

vesting period. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises

its estimates of the number of rights that are expected to

vest for service and non-market performance conditions.

The expense recognised each year takes into account the

most recent estimate.

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using

an option pricing model and takes into account any market

related performance conditions. Non-market vesting conditions

are not considered when determining value; however they are

included in assumptions about the number of rights that are

expected to vest.

Cash-settled transactions

The amount payable to employees in respect of cash-settled

share-based payments is recognised as an expense, with a

corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period during

which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the

payment. The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and

at settlement date based on the fair value, with any changes in

the liability being recognised in profit or loss.

D3. Employee discount share plan

No shares were issued under the Employee Discount Share Plan

during the years ended 30 June 2019 and 30 June 2018.

92 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

E

Capital structure and financing

This section provides information relating to the Group’s capital structure and its exposure to financial risks, how they affect

the Group’s financial position and performance and how the risks are managed.

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Directors determine the appropriate capital structure

of Downer, specifically how much is raised from shareholders (equity) and how much is borrowed from financial institutions

(debt) in order to finance the current and future activities of the Group. The Directors review the Group’s capital structure

and dividend policy regularly and do so in the context of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to invest in

opportunities that grow the business and enhance shareholder value.

E1. Borrowings

E2. Financing facilities

E3. Commitments

E4. Issued capital

E5. Non-controlling interest (NCI)

E6. Reserves

E7. Dividends

E1. Borrowings

Note

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Current

Secured:

–Finance lease liabilitiesE3 (d)2.8 5.1

–Hire purchase liabilitiesE3 (e) – 0.2

2.8 5.3

Unsecured:

–Bank loans6.1 2.1

–USD private placement notes10.0 –

–AUD medium term notes – 150.0

–Deferred finance charges(4.3)(3.7)

11.8 148.4

Total current borrowings14.6 153.7

Non-current

Secured:

–Finance lease liabilitiesE3 (d)7. 4 11.2

–Hire purchase liabilitiesE3 (e) –  –

7. 4 11.2

Unsecured:

–Bank loans833.4 817.7 

–USD private placement notes142.6 144.7 

–AUD private placement notes30.0 30.0 

–AUD medium term notes550.0 250.0 

–JPY medium term notes132.4 122.2 

–Deferred finance charges(6.9)(8.3)

1,681.5 1,356.3

Total non-current borrowings1,688.9 1,367.5

Total borrowings1,703.5 1,521.2

Fair value of total borrowings

(i)

1,798.41,561.8

(i) Excludes finance lease and hire purchase liabilities.

Annual Report 2019 93
E1. Borrowings – continued

Recognition and measurement

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction

costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using

the effective interest rate method.

Fair value

The cash flows under the Group’s debt instruments are

discounted using current market base interest rates and

adjusted for current market credit default swap spreads for

industrial companies with a BBB credit rating.

E2. Financing facilities

At reporting date, the Group had the following facilities that

were unutilised:

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Syndicated loan facilities770.0 780.0 

Bilateral loan facilities297.0 145.0 

Total unutilised facilities1,067.0 925.0 

Syndicated bank

guarantee facilities314.9 67.1 

Bilateral bank guarantees and

insurance bonding facilities505.0 507. 2 

Total unutilised facilities819.9 574.3 

Summary of borrowing arrangements

Bank loan facilities

Bilateral loan facilities:

–A total of $397.0 million in bilateral loan facilities are

committed unsecured facilities with maturities in calendar

years 2019, 2020 and 2021.

Syndicated loan facilities:

The syndicated loan facilities are unsecured, committed facilities

and comprised of Australian Dollar and New Zealand Dollar

tranches as follows:

–$480 million and NZ$75 million revolving tranches maturing

in April and May 2021;

–NZ$75 million term tranche maturing May 2021;

–$480 million revolving tranches maturing May 2022;

–$200 million term tranche maturing May 2022; and

–$200 million revolving tranche maturing May 2023.

USD private placement notes

USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a

total amount of US$107.0 million. US$7.0 million notes mature in

September 2019 and US$100.0 million mature in July 2025. The

USD denominated principal and interest amounts have been fully

hedged against the Australian dollar through cross-currency

interest rate swaps.

AUD private placement notes

AUD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total

amount of $30.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.

Medium Term Notes (MTNs)

The Group has the following unsecured MTNs on issue:

–$250.0 million maturing March 2022;

–$300.0 million maturing April 2026; and

–JPY10.0 billion maturing May 2033.

The JPY denominated principal and interest amounts have

been fully hedged against the Australian dollar through

a cross-currency interest rate swap.

The above loan facilities and note issuances are supported by

certain Group guarantees.

94 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

E2. Financing facilities – continued

Finance lease/Hire purchase facilities

The Group has certain secured facilities of these types which are

for an aggregate amount of $10.2 million and which amortise over

different periods of up to four years.

Covenants on financing facilities

Downer Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings

to comply with financial covenants and ensure that Group

guarantors of these facilities collectively meet certain minimum

threshold amounts of Group EBIT and Group Total Tangible

Assets (for Downer) and Group EBITDA and Group Total Assets

(for Spotless).

The main financial covenants which the Group is subject to are

Net Worth, Interest Service Coverage and Leverage.

Financial covenants testing is undertaken and reported to the

Downer and Spotless Boards monthly. Reporting of financial

covenants to financiers occurs semi-annually for the rolling

12-month periods to 30 June and 31 December. Both Downer

Group and Spotless were in compliance with all their financial

covenants as at 30 June 2019.

Bank guarantees and insurance bonds

The Group has $2,143.1 million of bank guarantee and

insurance bond facilities to support its contracting activities.

$1,210.4 million of these facilities are provided to the Group on a

committed basis and $932.7 million on an uncommitted basis.

The Group’s facilities are provided by a number of banks and

insurance companies on an unsecured and revolving basis.

These facilities are supported by Group guarantees representing

certain minimum threshold amounts of Group EBIT and Group

Total Tangible Assets (for Downer) and Group EBITDA and

Group Total Assets (for Spotless). $1,323.2 million (refer to Note

C9) of these facilities were utilised as at 30 June 2019 with

$819.9 million unutilised. These facilities have varying maturity

dates between calendar years 2019 and 2021.

The underlying risk being assumed by the relevant financier

under all bank guarantees and insurance bonds is corporate

credit risk rather than project specific risk.

The Group has the flexibility in respect of certain committed

facility amounts (shown as part of the unutilised bilateral loan

facilities) which can at the election of the Group be utilised to

provide additional bank guarantees capacity.

Refinancing requirements

Where existing facilities approach maturity, the Group will

negotiate with existing and, where required, with new financiers

to extend the maturity date or refinance these facilities. The

Group’s financial metrics and credit rating as well as conditions in

financial markets and other factors may influence the outcome of

these negotiations.

Credit ratings

The Group has an Investment Grade credit rating of BBB

(Outlook Stable) from Fitch Ratings. Where the credit rating is

lowered or placed on negative watch, customers and suppliers

may be less willing to contract with the Group. Furthermore,

banks and other lending institutions may demand more stringent

terms (including increased pricing, reduced tenors and lower

facility limits) on all financing facilities, to reflect the weaker

credit risk profile.

Annual Report 2019 95
E3. Commitments

Note

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

a) Capital expenditure commitments

Plant and equipment and other

Within one year103.5 60.3 

Between one and five years24.3 14.4 

Greater than five years1.3  – 

129.1 74.7 

b) Operating lease commitments

Non-cancellable operating leases relate to premises with lease terms of between

one to 20 years.

Within one year80.3 79.3 

Between one and five years261.5 225.4 

Greater than five years256.4 148.8 

598.2 453.5 

Non-cancellable operating leases relate to plant and equipment with lease terms of

between one to ten years.

Within one year77.1 65.2 

Between one and five years111.8 84.8 

Greater than five years8.5 7. 2 

197. 4 157. 2 

c) Catering rights

Catering rights relates to exclusive secured catering rights arrangements with customers.

Within one year27. 8 26.9 

Between one and five years55.5 81.8 

Greater than five years5.9 12.0 

89.2 120.7 

d) Finance lease commitments

Finance leases relate to plant and equipment with lease terms of between one

to five years.

Within one year3.2 6.1 

Between one and five years7. 4 11.6 

Minimum finance lease payments10.6 17.7 

Future finance charges(0.4)(1 .4)

Finance lease liabilities10.2 16.3 

Included in the financial statements as:

Current borrowingsE12.8 5.1 

Non-current borrowingsE17. 4 11.2 

10.2 16.3 

e) Hire purchase liabilities

Within one year – 0.2 

Between one and five years –  – 

Minimum hire purchase payments – 0.2 

Hire purchase liabilities – 0.2 

Included in the financial statements as:

Current borrowingsE1 – 0.2 

Non-current borrowingsE1 –  – 

– 0.2 

f) Operating lease expenses

Operating lease expenses relating to land and buildings89.8 81.8

Operating lease expenses relating to plant and equipment113.8 121.1

Total operating lease expenses203.6 202.9

96 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

E3. Commitments – continued

Recognition and measurement

Leases

When the terms of a lease transfer substantially all the risks and

rewards of ownership to the Group, the lease is classified as a

finance lease. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

(i) Operating leases

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense

on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, except

where another systematic basis is more representative of

the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased

assets are consumed.

(ii) Finance leases

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised at

an amount equal to the lower of their fair value or the present

value of the minimum lease payments. Subsequently the assets

are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the

estimated useful life or the lease term.

Finance lease payments are apportioned between the finance

expense and the reduction of outstanding liability. The finance

expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as

to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance

of the liability.

E4. Issued capital

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Ordinary shares

594,702,512 ordinary shares (2018: 594,702,512)2,263.1 2,263.1

Unvested executive incentive shares

3,385,446 ordinary shares (2018: 4,207,358)(16.6)(19.8)

200,000,000 Redeemable Optionally Adjustable

Distributing Securities (ROADS) (2018: 200,000,000)178.6 178.6

2,425.1 2,421.9

a) Fully paid ordinary share capital

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

20192018

m’s$’mm’s$’m

Fully paid ordinary share capital

Balance at the beginning of the financial year594.7 2,263.1 594.72,263.2

Capital raising costs net of tax– –  –(0.1)

Balance at the end of the financial year594.7 2,263.1 594.72,263.1

b) Unvested executive incentive shares

Balance at the beginning of the financial year4.2 (19.8)4.3(20.0)

Vested executive incentive share transactions

(i)

(0.8)3.2 (0.1)0.2

Balance at the end of the financial year3.4 (16.6)4.2(19.8)

(i) June 2019 figures are referable to the 2015 LTI plan, second deferred component of the 2016 STI award and first deferred component of the 2017 STI award totalling 821,912

vested shares for a value of $3,166,042.

June 2018 figures are referable to the second deferred component of the 2015 STI award and the first deferred component of the 2016 STI award totalling 50,015 vested

shares for a value of $192,660.

Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust under the

Long Term Incentive (LTI) plan. From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, no dividends will be distributed on shares held in trust during the

performance measurement and service periods. Accumulated dividends will be paid out to executives after all vesting conditions have

been met. Otherwise, excess net dividends are retained in the trust to be used by the Company to acquire additional shares on the

market for employee equity plans.

Annual Report 2019 97
E4. Issued capital – continued

20192018

m’s$’mm’s$’m

c) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities

(ROADS)

Balance at the beginning and at the end of the financial year200.0 178.6 200.0 178.6 

ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares. In accordance with the terms of the ROADS preference shares, the

dividend rate for the one year commencing 15 June 2019 is 5.49% per annum (2018: 6.15% per annum) which is equivalent to the one

year swap rate on 17 June 2019 of 1.44% per annum plus the Step-up margin of 4.05% per annum.

Share options and performance rights

During the financial year 1,044,363 performance rights (2018: 1,078,912) in relation to unissued shares were granted to senior

executives of the Group under the LTI plan. Further details of the Key Management Personnel (KMP) LTI plan are contained in the

Remuneration Report.

Recognition and measurement

Ordinary shares

Incremental costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

Executive incentive shares

When executive incentive shares subsequently vest to employees under the Downer employee share plans, the carrying value of the

vested shares is transferred from issued capital to the employee benefits reserve.

E5. Non-controlling interest (NCI)

The following table summarises the NCI in relation to the Group’s subsidiaries:

20192018

Spotless

$’m

Other

$’m

To t a l

$’m

Spotless

$’m

Current assets566.6 22.3 588.9 529.1 

Non-current assets2,283.3 1.2 2,284.5 2,272.8 

Current liabilities(602.5)( 7.0)(609.5)(521.1)

Non-current liabilities(1,004.5)(0.1)(1,004.6)(1,009.9)

Net assets 1,242.9 16.4 1,259.3 1,270.9 

NCI percentage12.198%26.0%12.380%12.198%

Net assets attributable to NCI 151.6 4.3 155.9 155.0 

98 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

E6. Reserves

2019

$’m

Hedge

reserve

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve

Employee

benefits

reserve

Fair value

through OCI

reserve

(i)

To t a l

attributable

to the

members of

the Parent

Balance at 1 July 2018(13.0)(26.8)15.5 (2.6)(26.9)

Foreign currency translation difference – 10.1  –  – 10.1 

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)(11.0) –  –  – (11.0)

Total comprehensive income for the year(11.0)10.1  –  – (0.9)

Vested executive incentive share transactions –  – (3.2) – (3.2)

Share-based employee benefits expense –  – 4.0  – 4.0 

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year –  – (0.5) – (0.5)

Balance at 30 June 2019(24.0)(16.7)15.8 (2.6)(27.5)

(i) Before 1 July 2018, these reserves were classified in the available-for-sale revaluation reserve in accordance with AASB 139. From 1 July 2018, these are classified as

Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) in accordance with AASB 9.

2018

$’m

Hedge

reserve

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve

Employee

benefits

reserve

Available-

for-sale

revaluation

reserve

To t a l

attributable

to the

members of

the Parent

Balance at 1 July 2017(6. 2)(18.0)14.1(0.8)(10.9)

Foreign currency translation difference–(8.8)––(8.8)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)(6.8)–––(6.8)

Change in fair value of available-for-sale assets–––(1.3)(1.3)

Available-for-sale reserve transferred to profit or loss–––(0.5)(0.5)

Total comprehensive income for the year(6.8)(8.8)–(1.8)(17.4)

Vested executive incentive share transactions––(0. 2)–(0. 2)

Share-based employee benefits expense––2.8–2.8

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year ––(1.2)–(1.2)

Balance at 30 June 2018(13.0)(26.8)15.5(2.6)(26.9)

Hedge reserve

The hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments

relating to future transactions.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements

of operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the Group.

Employee benefit reserve

The employee benefit reserve is used to recognise the fair value of share-based payments issued to employees over the vesting period,

and to recognise the value attributable to the share-based payments during the reporting period.

Fair value through OCI reserve

The fair value through OCI reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity investments designated as FVOCI

(2018: available-for-sale financial assets) until the assets are derecognised or reclassified. This amount is reduced by the amount of

loss allowance.

Annual Report 2019 99
E6. Reserves – continued

Available-for-sale revaluation reserve

The available-for-sale reserve includes the cumulative net movement above cost of the fair value of available-for-sale investment until

the asset is realised or impaired or control of an acquiree is obtained at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in

the available-for-sale revaluation reserve is included in the profit or loss.

E7. Dividends

a) Ordinary shares

2019

Final

2019

Interim

2018

Final

2018

Interim

Dividend per share (in Australian cents)14.014.014.013.0

Franking percentage50%50%50%50%

Cost (in $’m)83.383.383.37 7. 3

Dividend record date4/9/1921/2/1930/8/187/3/18

Payment date2/10/1921/3/1927/9/184/4/18

Recognition and measurement

Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the entity,

before or at the end of the financial year but not distributed at balance date.

The final 2019 dividend has not been declared at the reporting date and therefore is not reflected in the consolidated

financial statements.

b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

2019Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)1.011.051.06 1.06 4.18 

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100%100%100%100%100%

Cost (in A$’m)2.02.12.1 2.1 8.3 

Payment date17/9/1817/12/1815/3/1917/6/19

2018Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)1.000.991.021.004.01

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100%100%100%100%100%

Cost (in A$’m)2.02.02.02.08.0

Payment date15/9/1715/12/1715/3/1815/6/18

c) Franking credits

The franking account balance as at 30 June 2019 is nil (2018: nil).

100 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

F

Group structure

This section explains significant aspects of Downer’s Group structure, including joint arrangements where the Group has interest

in its controlled entities and how changes have affected the Group structure. It also provides information on business acquisitions

and disposals made during the financial year as well as information relating to Downer’s related parties, the extent of related party

transactions and the impact they had on the Group’s financial performance and position.

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

F2. Acquisition of businesses

F3. Disposal of business

F4. Controlled entities

F5. Related party information

F6. Parent entity disclosures


F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

a) Interest in joint ventures and associates

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Interest in joint ventures at the beginning of the financial year21.2 19.0 

Share of net profit17.1 15.9 

Share of distributions(15.6)(13.5)

Interest in Joint Venture acquired8.5  – 

Foreign currency exchange differences0.3 (0. 2)

Interest in joint ventures at the end of the financial year31.5 21.2 

Interest in associates at the beginning of the financial year74.8 69.0 

Share of net profit13.3 9.2 

Share of distributions(6.8)(3 .4)

Acquisition of MHPS Plant Services Pty Ltd(4.0) – 

Interest in associates at the end of the financial year77. 3 74.8 

Interest in joint ventures and associates108.8 96.0 

Annual Report 2019 101
F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

a) Interest in joint ventures and associates – continued

The Group has interests in the following joint ventures and associates which are equity accounted:

Name of arrangementPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2019

%

2018

%

Joint ventures

Allied Asphalt LimitedAsphalt plantNew Zealand5050

Bitumen Importers Australia Joint VentureConstruction of bitumen storage facilityAustralia5050

Bitumen Importers Australia Pty LtdBitumen importerAustralia5050

Eden Park Catering LimitedCatering for functions at Eden ParkNew Zealand5050

EDI Rail-Bombardier Transportation Pty LtdSale and maintenance of railway rolling stockAustralia5050

Emulco LimitedEmulsion plantNew Zealand5050

Isaac Asphalt LimitedManufacture and supply of asphaltNew Zealand5050

Repurpose It Holdings Pty Ltd

(ii)

Waste recyclingAustralia50–

RTL Mining and Earthworks Pty LtdContract mining; civil works and plant hireAustralia4444

Waanyi Downer JV Pty LtdContract mining servicesAustralia5050

ZFS Functions (Pty) LtdCatering for functions at Federation SquareAustralia5050

Associates

MHPS Plant Services Pty LtdRefurbishment, construction and

maintenance of boilersAustralia

(i)

27

Keolis Downer Pty LtdOperation and maintenance of Gold Coast light rail,

Melbourne tram network and bus operationAustralia4949

(i) Downer acquired the remaining 73.33% of MHPS Plant Services Pty Ltd on 30 August 2018. Refer to Note F2. The entity name has been subsequently changed to DMH

Plant Services Pty Ltd during the year ended 30 June 2019.

(ii) JV acquired during the financial year ended 30 June 2019.

There are no material commitments held by joint ventures or associates. All joint ventures and associates have a statutory reporting

date of 30 June.

Recognition and measurement

Equity accounting

(i) Investments in joint ventures

Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

(ii) Investments in associates

Investments in entities over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using

the equity method of accounting. The investment in associates is carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of

the associates’ net assets, less any impairment in value.

Proportionate consolidation

Joint operations

Joint operations give the Group the right to the underlying assets and obligations for liabilities and are accounted for by recognising

the share of those assets and liabilities.

102 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

b) Interest in joint operations

The Group has interests in the following joint operations which are proportionately consolidated:

Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2019

%

2018

%

Ausenco Downer Joint VentureEnabling works for Carrapateena ProjectAustralia5050

BPL Downer Joint Venture

(iv)

Building constructionSingapore–50

CDJV Construction Pty Ltd

(iv)

Employment of labour force deployed

in Clough Downer

Australia–50

China Hawkins Construction JVBuilding constructionNew Zealand5050

City Rail JVEnabling works for Auckland City Rail LinkNew Zealand5050

Clough Downer Joint Venture

(iv)

Gas compression facilities and pipelinesAustralia–50

Concrete Paving Recycling Pty LtdRoad maintenanceAustralia4949

CRL Construction Joint Venture

(vii)

Construction of the City Rail Link Alliance ProjectNew Zealand

30


Dampier Highway Joint VentureHighway construction and designAustralia5050

DM Roads Services Pty Ltd

(ii)

Employment of labour force deployed in DM

in New South Wales

Australia

(ii)

50

Downer-Carey Mining JV

(viii)

Management of run of mine and ore

rehandling services

Australia4646

Downer Daracon Joint Venture

(iv)

ConstructionAustralia–50

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd & CPB

Contractors Pty Limited

(vi)

Parramatta Light Rail constructionAustralia5050

Downer Electrical GHD JV

(i)

Traffic control infrastructureAustralia9090

Downer FKG JVMajor civil and roadworksAustralia5050

Downer HEB Joint Venture

(Memorial Park Alliance)

Design and build of the New Zealand

National War Memorial Park

New Zealand5050

Downer HEB Joint Venture

(Mt Messenger Project)

Design and build of the Mt Messenger ProjectNew Zealand5050

Downer MCD Wynyard Edge JV

(Americas Cup Project)

Design and build on Americas Cup ProjectNew Zealand

50 

50 

Downer KHSA JV

(ii)

Road maintenanceAustralia

(ii)

60

Downer Seymour Whyte JVConstruct of an urban operations training facilityAustralia5050

Downer York Joint VentureTramline extensionAustralia5050

Downtown Infrastructure Development

Project JV

(vii)

Downtown infrastructure development programNew Zealand33–

Gumala Downer Joint Venture

(vii)

Contract mining servicesAustralia50–

Hatch Downer JVDesign and construction of solvent extraction plantAustralia5050

HCMT Supplier JVRail build supplierAustralia5050

John Holland EDI Joint Venture

(iv)

Research reactorAustralia–40

John Holland Pty Ltd & Downer Utilities

Australia Pty Ltd Partnership

Operation of water recycling plant at MackayAustralia5050

Karlayura ReGen Joint Venture

(viii)

Road constructionAustralia5050

Landloch Project JV

(iv)

Rehabilitation works, earthworks and plant

monitoring and maintenance

Australia–

(iii)

Leighton Works Joint Venture

(iv)

Road constructionNew Zealand–50

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (Connectus)Rail constructionNew Zealand5050

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (CSM2)Road constructionNew Zealand5050

Macdow Downer Joint

Venture (Russley Road)

Road constructionNew Zealand5050

Annual Report 2019 103
Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2019

%

2018

%

North Canterbury Transport Infrastructure

Economic Recovery Alliance “NCTIER” JV

Kaikoura earthquake worksNew Zealand2525

Organic Water Joint Venture

(iv)

Design, construction and operation of

water recycling plant

Australia–50

RPQ JV

(v)(v)

Safety Focused Performance JV

(vii)

Water and sewerage capital worksAustralia45–

Thiess VEC Joint VentureHighway constructionAustralia5050

Utilita Water JVPlant maintenanceAustralia5050

VEC Shaw Joint VentureRoad constructionAustralia5050

Waanyi ReGen JVRehab contract servicesAustralia5050

WDJV Unit TrustContract mining servicesAustralia5050

Wiri Train Depot Joint VentureConstruction of the Wiri train depotNew Zealand5050

(i) Contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50% of these joint ventures.

(ii) Following the acquisition of KHSA Limited which holds the remaining interest in the Downer KHSA JV (formerly known as Downer Mouchel JV) and DM Roads Services Pty Ltd,

these joint ventures are now 100% controlled by the Group. Refer to Note F2.

(iii) Joint control is through unanimous vote by joint venture partners to direct the joint arrangement’s relevant activities; however, the Group’s interest may vary based on

discrete phases of works performed.

(iv) Joint venture ceased / terminated / de-registered during the year ended 30 June 2019.

(v) Following the acquisition of RPQ Group, the joint venture is 100% controlled by the Group.

(vi) Joint Venture name has been changed to CPB Contractors Pty Limited from Leighton Contractors Pty Ltd during the year ended 30 June 2019.

(vii) Joint operation entered into during the year ended 30 June 2019.

(viii) Joint Venture commenced liquidation / de-registration as at 30 June 2019.

F2. Acquisition of businesses

2019

Cash outflow on acquisitions

The total net cash outflow as a result of the acquisitions made during the year ended 30 June 2019 is as follows:

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Gross purchase consideration100.7 119.3 

Deferred consideration paid

(i)

15.6 1.3 

Less: Net cash acquired(35.9)(1.3)

Less: Deferred and contingent consideration(17. 4)(35.2)

Total cash consideration63.0 84.1 

(i) Represents purchase and deferred consideration paid during the year for Envista, AGIS and RPQ.

MHPS Plant Services

On 30 August 2018, the Group acquired the remaining 73.33% of MHPS Plant Services Pty Ltd (“MHPS”) for consideration

of $5.6 million.

The acquisition accounting for MHPS remains provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019.

Rock N Road

On 3 October 2018, the Group acquired 100% of the shares of Rock N Road Bitumen Pty Ltd (“RNR”) for total consideration of

$17.9 million. RNR is a road surfacing business based in Mackay and operates in the central and northern regions of Queensland.

The acquisition accounting for RNR remains provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019.

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

b) Interest in joint operations – continued

104 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

Cash outflow on acquisitions – continued

KHSA Limited

On 21 December 2018, the Group executed a Share Sale Deed to acquire 100% of the shares in the Downer Mouchel Joint Venture

partner KHSA Limited (“KHSA”) for consideration of $43.7 million, including cash of $19.5 million.

As KHSA Limited has a 50% interest in the Downer Mouchel Joint Venture (alongside Downer’s existing 50% interest), Downer Mouchel

Joint Venture is now 100% controlled. On acquisition of the remaining 50% interest, the initial investment was re-measured to fair value

in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and compared to the existing carrying value. As a result, $17.0 million fair value

gain on re-measurement has been reported as other income in the statement of profit or loss.

The acquisition accounting for KHSA remains provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019.

Boleh Consulting

On 7 December 2018, the Group acquired the net assets of Boleh Consulting (“Boleh”) for total consideration of $1.4 million.

The business provides a range of engineering services to the railway industry that include design of train control and signalling

systems, systems engineering, systems assurance and project management.

The acquisition accounting for Boleh remains provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019.

Envar Group

On 28 February 2019, The Group acquired 100% of the shares of Envar Group (“Envar”) through Spotless for a total consideration

of $24.9 million. The primary purpose of this acquisition is to continue to build a market leading integrated mechanical and

electrical business.

The acquisition accounting for Envar remains provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019.

The Roading Company Limited

On 1 May 2019, the Group acquired the net assets of The Roading Company Limited for a total consideration of $5.4 million.

The Roading Company is a roading and civil construction business based in New Zealand.

The acquisition accounting for The Roading Company remains provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019.

FH Lismore

On 22 March 2019, the Group acquired the net assets of Fulton Hogan’s surfacing business in Lismore, New South Wales for a total

consideration of $1.8 million. The assets provide Downer access to the surfacing market in and around Lismore to enhance the road

maintenance capabilities in the area.

The acquisition accounting for FH Lismore remains provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019.

Annual Report 2019 105
F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

Note

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Cash87. 3 84.1 

Deferred and contingent consideration17. 4 35.2 

104.7 119.3 

Fair value gain on revaluation of existing interest in Downer Mouchel Joint Venture17.0  - 

Less: Net identifiable assets acquired(23.5)(14.3)

Provisional goodwill arising from acquisitionsC698.2 105.0 

2018 Acquisitions

UrbanGrid

On 1 July 2017, Downer acquired the net assets of UrbanGrid

Australia (“UrbanGrid”). UrbanGrid provides a wide range of

specialist services to develop, operate and maintain Western

Australia’s essential water, energy and communications networks

as well as civil projects.

The Group has concluded the acquisition accounting process

for this acquisition and there was no material change arising

from finalisation.

Cabrini

On 1 July 2017, Spotless Facility Services Pty Ltd acquired the

customer contracts and associated assets and liabilities of

Cabrini Linen Service (“Cabrini”) from Cabrini Health Limited.

The primary purpose of this acquisition is to strengthen

Spotless’ linen capabilities, enhance customer service

offerings and maintain Spotless’ market-leading position in the

Victorian health sector.

The Group has concluded the acquisition accounting process

for this acquisition and there was no material change arising

from finalisation.

Integrated Services

On 31 January 2018, the Group acquired the net assets of

Integrated Services. The business provides traffic infrastructure

electrics related works and complements the existing Transport

business capabilities.

The Group has concluded the acquisition accounting process

for this acquisition and there was no material change arising

from finalisation.

Envista

On 2 March 2018, the Group acquired 100% of Envista Pty

Ltd and Smarter Contracting Pty Ltd (“Envista”). Envista

provides strategy, architecture and delivery services in

complex and sensitive environments. The acquisition enhances

Downer’s services to customers in the Defence and National

Security sectors.

The Group has concluded the acquisition accounting process

for this acquisition and there was no material change arising

from finalisation.

106 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

Measurement of fair values

The valuation techniques used for measuring the fair value of material assets acquired were as follows:

Asset acquiredValuation technique

Trade receivables and contract assetsCost technique – considers the expected economic benefits receivable when due.

Property, plant and equipmentMarket comparison technique and cost technique – the valuation model considers

quoted market prices for similar items when available and depreciated replacement cost

when appropriate.

Intangible assetsMulti-period excess earnings method – considers the present value of net cash flows

expected to be generated by the customer contracts and relationships, intellectual

property and brand names, excluding any cash flows related to contributory assets. For

the valuation of certain brand names, discounted cash flow under the relief from royalty

valuation methodology has been utilised.

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesCost technique – considers the expected economic outflow of resources when due.

BorrowingsCost technique – considers the expected economic outflow of resources when due.

ProvisionsCost technique – considers the probable economic outflow of resources when the

obligation arises.

Goodwill from acquisitions

The goodwill resulting from the above acquisitions represents

future market development, expected revenue growth

opportunities, technical talent and expertise, and the benefits

of expected synergies. These benefits are not recognised

separately from goodwill because they do not meet the

recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets. None of

the goodwill arising from these acquisitions is expected to be

deductible for tax purposes.

Recognition and measurement

Business combinations

The Group accounts for business combinations using the

acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group.

The consideration transferred in the acquisition is measured

at fair value. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred

in profit or loss.

(i) Acquisition achieved in stages

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s

previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured

to fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date when the

Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is

recognised in profit or loss. Amounts arising from interests in the

acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have previously been

recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to

profit or loss where such treatment would be appropriate if that

interest were disposed of or control of the acquiree obtained.

(ii) Contingent consideration

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of

contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement

period adjustments depends on how the contingent

consideration is classified.

Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not

remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent

settlement is accounted for within equity.

Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or

liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates with the

corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.

(iii) Non-controlling interest

The Group can elect, on an acquisition by acquisition basis, to

recognise non-controlling interests in an acquired entity either

at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s share of the

acquired entity’s net identifiable assets / (liabilities).

Key estimate and judgement:

Accounting for acquisition of businesses

Accounting for acquisition of businesses requires

judgement and estimates in determining the fair value of

acquired assets and liabilities. The relevant accounting

standard allows the fair value of assets acquired to be

refined in a window of a year after the acquisition date

and judgement is required to ensure that the adjustments

made reflect new information obtained about facts and

circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

The adjustments made to the fair value of assets are

retrospective in nature and have an impact on goodwill

recognised on acquisition.

Annual Report 2019 107
F3. Disposal of business

2019

The Group did not dispose any business during the year

ended 30 June 2019.

2018

On 21 November 2017, Downer entered an agreement to

sell its Freight Rail business to Progress Rail for $109 million

($122.7 million after adjusting for working capital movements).

This sale was completed on 2 January 2018 with the final

settlement payment of $6.9 million in relation to working capital

adjustments made during 2019. The following disposal entries

were recorded in the 2018 financial year:

Note

2018

$’m

Proceeds on disposal129.6

Less: working capital adjustments(6.9)

Disposal costs incurred(4 . 3)

Proceeds net of disposal costs118.4

Trade receivables and

contract assets30.0

Amounts due from customers

under contracts33.5

Inventory49.4

Other assets0.1

Intangibles (goodwill)C614.2

Property, plant and equipmentC560.0

Assets disposed187. 2

Trade payables and

contract liabilities(3.7)

Amounts due to customers

under contracts(1.9)

Employee benefits provisions(8.6)

Provisions(4 . 4)

Liabilities disposed(18.6)

Net assets disposed168.6

Loss on disposal pre-tax(50.2)

Income tax benefit9.6

Total loss on disposal after tax(4 0. 6)

108 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

F4. Controlled entities

The controlled entities of the Group listed below were wholly owned during the current and prior year, unless otherwise stated:

Australia

AGIS Group Pty Ltd

ASPIC Infrastructure Pty Ltd

Dean Adams Consulting Pty Ltd

(vii)

DMH Plant Services Pty Ltd

(iii)


DMH Maintenance and Technology Services Pty Ltd

(iii)


DMH Electrical Services Pty Ltd

(iii)


Downer Australia Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Associated Investments Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited

Downer EDI Limited Tax Deferred Employee Share Plan

Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining Blasting Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd

Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited

Downer Group Finance Pty Limited

Downer Holdings Pty Limited

Downer Investments Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer Mining Regional NSW Pty Ltd

Downer PipeTech Pty Limited

Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Holdings Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Networks Pty Ltd

(vii)

Downer Utilities New Zealand Pty Limited

Downer Utilities Projects Pty Ltd

(vii)

Downer Utilities SDR Australia Pty Ltd

(vii)

Downer Utilities SDR Pty Ltd

Downer Victoria PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDICO Pty Ltd

Emoleum Partnership

Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd

Emoleum Roads Group Pty Ltd

Emoleum Services Pty Limited

(vii)

Envista Pty Limited

Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd

LNK Group Pty Ltd

Lowan (Management) Pty. Ltd.

Maclab Services Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies (Holdings) Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd

New South Wales Spray Seal Pty Ltd

Otraco International Pty Ltd

Otracom Pty Ltd

Primary Producers Improvers Pty Ltd

QCC Resources Pty Ltd

Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd

REJV Services Pty Ltd

Roche Bros. Superannuation Pty. Ltd.

Roche Services Pty Ltd

Rock N Road Bitumen Pty Ltd

(iii)

RPC Roads Pty Ltd

RPQ Asphalt Pty Ltd

RPQ North Coast Pty Ltd

RPQ Pty Ltd

RPQ Services Pty Ltd

RPQ Spray Seal Pty Ltd

SACH Infrastructure Pty Ltd

(vii)

Smarter Contracting Pty Ltd

Snowden Holdings Pty Ltd

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Pty Ltd

Snowden Technologies Pty Ltd

Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd

Trico Asphalt Pty Ltd

VEC Civil Engineering Pty Ltd

VEC Plant & Equipment Pty Ltd

New Zealand and Pacific

AF Downer Memorial Scholarship Trust

DGL Investments Limited

Downer Construction (Fiji) Limited

Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited

Downer EDI Engineering PNG Limited

Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited

Downer New Zealand Limited

Downer New Zealand Projects 1 Ltd

Downer New Zealand Projects 2 Ltd

Downer Utilities Alliance New Zealand Limited

Downer Utilities New Zealand Limited

Downer Utilities PNG Limited

(vii)

Green Vision Recycling Limited

Hawkins 2017 Limited

Hawkins Project 1 Limited

ITS Pipetech Pacific (Fiji) Limited

Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited

Techtel Training & Development Limited

The Roading Company Limited

(viii)

Underground Locators Limited

Waste Solutions Limited

Works Finance (NZ) Limited

Annual Report 2019 109
F4. Controlled entities – continued

Africa

Downer EDI Mining Ghana Ltd

Downer Mining South Africa Proprietary Limited

MD Mineral Technologies SA (Pty) Ltd.

MD Mining and Mineral Services (Pty) Ltd

(i)

Otraco Botswana (Proprietary) Limited

Otraco Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd

(ii)


Otraco Tyre Management Namibia (Proprietary) Limited

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants (Proprietary) Ltd

Asia

Chang Chun Ao Da Technical Consulting Co Ltd

(iv)

Chang Chun Ao Hua Technical Consulting Co Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Ltd

Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer Pte Ltd

Downer Singapore Pte Ltd

MD Mineral Technologies Private Limited

PT Duffill Watts Indonesia

PT Otraco Indonesia

Americas

DBS Chile SpA

Mineral Technologies Comercio de Equipamentos para

Processamento de Minerais LTD

Mineral Technologies, Inc.

Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda

Otraco Chile SA

Snowden Consultoria do Brasil Limitada

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Inc.

(iv)

United Kingdom

KHSA Limited

(iii)


Sillars (B. & C.E.) Limited

Sillars (TMWD) Limited

Sillars Holdings Limited

Sillars Road Construction Limited

Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited

Works Infrastructure Limited

Spotless

(v)

AE Smith & Son (NQ) Pty Ltd

AE Smith & Son (SEQ) Pty Ltd

AE Smith & Son Proprietary Ltd

AE Smith Building Technologies Pty Ltd

AE Smith Service (SEQ) Pty Ltd

AE Smith Service Holdings Pty Ltd

AE Smith Service Pty Ltd

Airparts Holdings Pty Ltd

(iii)

Airparts Fabrication Pty Ltd

(iii)

Aladdin Group Services Pty Limited

(vi)

Aladdins Holdings Pty Limited

(vi)


Aladdin Laundry Pty Limited

(vi)


Aladdin Linen Supply Pty Limited

(vi)


Asset Services (Aust) Pty Ltd

(vi)


Berkeley Challenge (Management) Pty Limited

(vi)

Berkeley Challenge Pty Limited

(vi)


Berkeley Railcar Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Berkeleys Franchise Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Bonnyrigg Management Pty Limited

(vi)

Cleandomain Proprietary Limited

(vi)


Cleanevent Australia Pty Ltd

(vi)


Cleanevent Holdings Pty Limited

(vi)


Cleanevent International Pty Limited

(vi)


Cleanevent Technology Pty Ltd

(vi)


Emerald ESP Pty Ltd

Envar Installation Pty Ltd

(iii)

Envar Service Pty Ltd

(iii)

Envar Holdings Pty Ltd

(iii)

Envar Engineers & Contractors Pty Ltd

(iii)

Ensign Services (Aust) Pty Ltd

(vi)


Errolon Pty Ltd

(vi)


Fieldforce Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Infrastructure Constructions Pty Ltd

(vi)


International Linen Service Pty Ltd

(vi)


Monteon Pty Ltd

(vi)


National Community Enterprises

(vii)


Nationwide Venue Management Pty Ltd

(vi)


NG-Serv Pty Ltd

(vi)

Nuvogroup (Australia) Pty Ltd

(vi)

Pacific Industrial Services BidCo Pty Limited

(vi)


Pacific Industrial Services FinCo Pty Limited

(vi)


Riley Shelley Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Skilltech Consulting Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Skilltech Metering Solutions Pty Ltd

(vi)


Sports Venue Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Spotless Defence Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Spotless Facility Services (NZ) Limited

Spotless Facility Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Spotless Financing Pty Limited

(vi)


Spotless Group Limited

(vi)


Spotless Group Holdings Limited

(vi)


Spotless Holdings (NZ) Limited

110 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

F4. Controlled entities – continued

Spotless

(v)

– continued

Spotless Investment Holdings Pty Ltd

(vi)


Spotless Management Services Pty Ltd

(vi)

Spotless Property Cleaning Services Pty Ltd

(vi)

Spotless Securities Plan Pty Ltd

(vi)

Spotless Services Australia Limited

(vi)


Spotless Services International Pty Ltd

(vi)


Spotless Services Limited

(vi)


Spotless Treasury Pty Limited

(vi)

SSL Asset Services (Management) Pty Ltd

(vi)


SSL Facilities Management Real Estate Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


SSL Security Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Taylors Two Seven Pty Ltd

(vi)


Trenchless Group Pty Ltd

(vi)


UAM Pty Ltd

(vi)


Utility Services Group Holdings Pty Ltd

(vi)


Utility Services Group Limited

(vi)

(i) 70% ownership interest.

(ii) 74% ownership interest.

(iii) Entity acquired during the financial year ended 30 June 2019.

(iv) Entity dissolved / de-registered / liquidated during the financial year ended

30 June 2019.

(v) The ownership interest in Spotless is 87.8% as at 30 June 2019.

(vi) These Spotless controlled entities all form part of the tax-consolidated group

of which Spotless Group Holdings Limited is the head entity.

(vii) Entity is currently undergoing liquidation / dissolution.

(viii) Downer New Zealand Projects 3 Limited changed its name to The Roading

Company Limited during the financial year ended 30 June 2019.

F5. Related party information

a) Transactions with controlled entities

Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to controlled

entities are included within total assets and liabilities balances

as disclosed in Note F6. Amounts contributed to the defined

contribution plan are disclosed in Note D1.

Other transactions which occurred during the financial year

between the parent entity and controlled entities, as well as

between entities in the Group, were on normal arm’s length

commercial terms.

b) Equity interests in related parties

Equity interests in subsidiaries

Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled

entities are disclosed in Note F4.

Equity interests in joint arrangements and

associate entities

Details of interests in joint arrangements and associate entities

are disclosed in Note F1. The business activities of a number of

these entities are conducted under joint venture arrangements.

Associated entities conduct business transactions with various

controlled entities. Such transactions include purchases and

sales, dividends and interest. All such transactions are conducted

on the basis of normal arm’s length commercial terms.

c) Controlling entity

The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.

F6. Parent entity disclosures

a) Financial position

Company

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Assets

Current assets58.3 130.1 

Non-current assets2 , 427. 8 2,340.6 

Total assets2,486.1 2 ,470.7 

Liabilities

Current liabilities40.2 39.4 

Non-current liabilities61.2 15.3 

Total liabilities101.4 54.7 

Net assets2,384.7 2,416.0 

Equity

Issued capital2,246.5 2,243.3 

Retained earnings122.4 157. 2 

Reserves

Employee benefits reserve15.8 15.5 

Total equity2,384.7 2,416.0 

b) Financial performance

Profit for the year131.8 185.5 

Total comprehensive income131.8 185.5 

c) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in

relation to debts of its subsidiaries

The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered

into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries during

the financial year.

d) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The parent entity has no contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2019

(2018: nil) other than those disclosed in Note C9.

The parent entity does not have any commitments

for acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at

30 June 2019 (2018: nil).

Annual Report 2019 111
G

Other

This section provides details on other required disclosures relating to the Group to comply with the accounting standards

and other pronouncements including the Group’s capital and financial risk management disclosure. This disclosure provides

information around the Group’s risk management policies and how Downer uses derivatives to hedge the underlying exposure

to changes in interest rates and to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

G1. New accounting standards

G2. Capital and financial risk management

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

G1. New accounting standards

a) New and amended accounting standards adopted by

the Group

Changes in significant accounting policies

Except as described below, the accounting policies applied in

the financial report are the same as those applied in the Group’s

consolidated Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2018.

AASB 9: Financial Instruments

AASB 9 Financial Instruments replaces AASB 139 Financial

Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for annual periods

beginning on or after 1 January 2018, bringing together all three

aspects of the accounting for financial instruments: classification

and measurement; impairment; and hedge accounting. The

Group has adopted AASB 9 from 1 July 2018 and has applied the

exemption in relation to full retrospective application of AASB 9

and as a result, the Group comparative information has not been

restated to reflect the requirements of the new standard.

AASB 9 contains a new classification and measurement

approach for financial assets that reflects the business model in

which assets are managed and their cash flow characteristics.

AASB 9 contains three principal classification categories

for financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair value

through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value

through profit or loss (FVTPL). The standard eliminates the

previous AASB 139 categories of held to maturity, loans and

receivables and available for sale; while the requirements for the

classification of financial liabilities as per AASB 139 was retained,

resulting in no change in classification or measurement of

financial liabilities on adoption of AASB 9.

As available for sale classification is no longer permitted

under AASB 9, on transition, the Group has designated the

unquoted equity investment (previously classified as an

available-for-sale investment carried at fair value under AASB

139) as an investment measured at Fair Value through Other

Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) with no material impact on

the carrying amount. Following this reclassification, all fair value

gains and losses will be reported in the OCI with no impairment

losses nor gains or losses (when the investment is derecognised)

to be recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

As the loans and receivables classification is no longer permitted,

trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents have

been reclassified to the category of measured at amortised cost.

There has been no material impact on the carrying amount of

these balances resulting from either this change in classification

or the new expected credit loss impairment model for financial

assets carried at amortised cost and contract assets.

There were no further changes to the classification or

measurement of financial assets or financial liabilities.

The classification and measurement requirements of AASB 9

did not have a material impact on the opening retained earnings

position of the Group and therefore, no adjustment to opening

retained earnings at 1 July 2018 is required.

AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The Group has adopted AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with

Customers from 1 July 2018. Details of the new requirements

of AASB 15 as well as their impact on the Group’s consolidated

financial report are described below.

AASB 15 establishes a comprehensive framework for determining

whether, how much and when revenue is recognised. It has

replaced AASB 118 Revenue, AASB 111 Construction Contracts

and related interpretations. The core principle of AASB 15 is

that an entity shall recognise revenue to depict the transfer of

promised goods and services to customers in an amount that

reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be

entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This means that

revenue will be recognised when control of goods or services is

transferred rather than on transfer of risks and rewards.

112 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

G1. New accounting standards – continued

a) New and amended accounting standards adopted by the Group – continued

AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers – continued

Impact on Application

The Group has adopted AASB 15 using the cumulative effect method, with the effect of initially applying this standard recognised at

the date of initial application (i.e. 1 July 2018). Accordingly, the information presented for the year ended 30 June 2018 has not been

restated and it is presented, as previously reported, under AASB 118, AASB 111 and related interpretations. Additionally, the disclosure

requirements in AASB 15 have not generally been applied to comparative information.

The following table summarises the Group impact (net of tax) of transition to AASB 15 recognised on retained earnings and

Non-controlling interest (NCI) on 1 July 2018. The table below only shows the balance sheet items impacted by the adoption of AASB 15.

Impact on the opening balance of the consolidated statement of financial position

As reported

30 June 2018

$’m

AASB 15

Transition

Adjustments

$’m

Opening

Balance

1 July 2018

$’m

Trade receivables and contract assets2 ,117. 9 (232.2)1,885.7 

Total current assets3,133.6 (232.2)2,901.4 

Trade receivables and contract assets113.2 (4 9 . 4)63.8 

Deferred tax assets75.5 25.6 101.1 

Total non-current assets4,654.6 (23.8)4,630.8 

Total assets7,788 . 2 (256.0)7,532.2 

Provisions(50.7)(34.8)(85.5)

Total current liabilities(2,881.6)(34.8)(2,916.4)

Provisions(65.1)(50.4)(115.5)

Deferred tax liabilities(170.2)83.2 (87.0)

Total non-current liabilities(1,701.5)32.8 (1,668.7)

Total liabilities(4,583.1)(2.0)(4,585.1)

Net assets3,205.1 (258.0)2 ,947.1 

Retained earnings655.1(245.3)409.8

Parent interests3,050.1(245.3)2,804.8

Non-controlling interest155.0(12.7)142.3

Total equity3,205.1(258.0)2 ,947.1

Below is a summary of the impact on transition to AASB 15 on the Group’s retained earnings and NCI:

Impact on

transition

(net of tax)

$’m

Contract claims and variations – now referred to as contract modifications204.8

Contract costs (Tender Costs)23.9

Performance Obligations and contract duration26.8

Measure of Progress2.5

To t a l258.0

Annual Report 2019 113
G1. New accounting standards – continued

a) New and amended accounting standards adopted by the Group – continued

AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers – continued

On adoption, the key impacts on transition were as a result of the

following changes:

Contract modifications

Revenue was previously recognised when it was probable that

work performed will result in revenue whereas under AASB

15, revenue is recognised when contract modifications are

enforceable and to the extent that it is “highly probable” that

a significant reversal of revenue will not occur.

In making this assessment, the Group considers a number

of factors including nature of the claim, formal or informal

acceptance by the customer of the validity of the claim, stage

of negotiations, legal opinion on the enforceability of the claim

under the contract, or the historical outcome of similar claims,

to determine whether the enforceable and “highly probable”

threshold has been met.

As a result of the change to a higher threshold of approval for

claims or variations and the “highly probable” threshold for

the estimation of the amount to be recognised as revenue,

a $204.8 million after tax impact on transition was recognised in

retained earnings as at 1 July 2018.

Contract costs

Under AASB 111 Construction Contracts, costs incurred during

the tender process were capitalised within contract debtors

when it was deemed probable the contract will be won. Under

the new standard, costs incurred during the tender/bid process

will be expensed, unless they are incremental to obtaining the

contract and the Group expects to recover them or they are

explicitly chargeable to the customer, regardless of whether

the contract is obtained. As a result a $23.9 million after tax

impact on transition was recognised in retained earnings as

at 1 July 2018.

Performance obligations and contract duration

AASB 15 requires a more granular approach to identify the

different revenue streams (i.e. performance obligations) in a

contract by identifying the different activities that are being

undertaken and then aggregating only those where the different

activities are significantly integrated or highly interdependent.

As a result of the change, additional performance obligations

were identified for some contracts with later revenue recognition

which resulted in an adjustment of $26.8 million after tax to

retained earnings as at 1 July 2018.

Measure of progress

The Group recognises revenue using the measure of progress

that best reflects the Group’s performance in satisfying the

performance obligation within the contracts over time. The

different methods of measuring progress include an input

method (e.g. costs incurred) or an output method

(e.g. milestones reached).

On adoption of AASB 15, it was identified that for Rail

maintenance contracts, the input method would better reflect

the measure of progress rather than the billing method

previously used. As a result, a $2.5 million after tax impact on

transition was recognised in retained earnings as at 1 July 2018.

Ta x

Adjustments under the new standards are subject to tax

effect accounting and therefore the net deferred tax position

has been impacted.

114 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

G1. New accounting standards – continued

a) New and amended accounting standards adopted by the Group – continued

AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers – continued

Impact on the consolidated statement of profit or loss

The following tables summarise the impact of adoption of AASB 15 on the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the current period in comparison to the results that

would have been reported if AASB 15 had not been applied.

30 June 2019

As reported

$’m

Adjustments

$’m

Amounts

without

adoption of

AASB 15

$’m

Trade receivables and contract assets1,991.5 225.2 2,216.7 

Total current assets3,164.7 225.2 3,389.9 

Trade receivables and contract assets74.4 89.6 164.0 

Deferred tax assets93.5 (13.5)80.0

Total non-current assets4,843.3 76.1 4,919.4 

Total assets8,008.0 301.3 8,309.3 

Provisions(107.0)16.7 (90.3)

Total current liabilities(2,930.4)16.7 (2,913.7)

Provisions(84.5)28.3 (56.2)

Deferred tax liabilities(137.6)(93.5)(231.1)

Total non-current liabilities(2 ,027. 4)(65. 2)(2,092.6)

Total liabilities(4 ,957. 8)(4 8 . 5 )(5,006.3)

Net assets3,050.2 252.8 3,303.0 

Retained earnings496.7 240.1 736.8 

Parent interests2,894.3 240.1 3,134.4 

Non-controlling interest155.9 12.7 168.6 

Total equity3,050.2 252.8 3,303.0 

For the year ended 30 June 2019

As reported

$’m

Adjustments

$’m

Amounts

without

adoption of

AASB 15

$’m

Earnings before interest and tax462.2( 7.0)455.2

Net finance costs(82 .4) – (82.4)

Profit before income tax379.8 ( 7.0)372.8 

Income tax expense(103.5)1.8 (101.7)

Profit after income tax276.3 (5.2)271.1 

Profit for the year that is attributable to:

Non-controlling interest14.5  – 14.5 

Members of the parent entity261.8 (5.2)256.6 

Profit for the year276.3 (5.2)271.1 

There has been no material impact on other comprehensive income and consolidated statement of cash flow on transition to AASB 15.

Annual Report 2019 115
G1. New accounting standards – continued

b) New accounting standards and interpretations not

yet adopted

The following standards, amendments to standards and

interpretations are relevant to current operations. They are

available for early adoption but have not been applied by the

Group in this Financial Report.

AASB 16 – Leases

AASB 16 Leases will replace the current leasing standard AASB 117

and contains significant changes to the accounting treatment of

leases around how to recognise, measure and disclose leases.

The new standard provides a single lessee accounting model,

requiring lessees to recognise assets and liabilities for all leases,

with the exception of short-term (less than 12 months) and

low value leases. AASB 16 applies to annual reporting periods

beginning on or after 1 January 2019 (1 July 2019 for Downer).

The Group manages its owned and leased assets to ensure

there is an appropriate level of equipment to meet its current

obligations and to tender for new work. The decision as to

whether to lease or purchase an asset is dependent on the

finance available at the time and the residual risk of ownership

following the anticipated completion of the project.

The Group plans to adopt AASB 16 using the modified

retrospective method, with the cumulative effect of initially

applying this standard to be recognised as an adjustment to

opening retained earnings at 1 July 2019, with no restatement of

comparatives. As a result, the Group will apply the requirements of

AASB 16 for the first time in the 2020 half-year Financial Report.

Based on the current assessment, upon adoption of AASB

16, total assets will increase by $560 million to $610 million

and total liabilities will increase by $720 million to $770 million,

due to the recognition of a “Right of Use Asset” and a “Lease

Liability”; grossing up the assets and liabilities in the Consolidated

Statement of Financial Position as at 1 July 2019.

The adjustment for AASB 16 will have a positive impact on EBITDA

as the costs of operating leases (previously recognised as part of

EBIT expensed over the term of the lease) will now be excluded

from EBITDA as lease costs will be recognised separately in

depreciation (for the right of use assets) while interest on lease

liabilities will be disclosed as part of financing costs.

Other

The following new or amended standards are not expected

to have a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated

financial statements:

–AASB 2014-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Sale or Contribution of Assets between an

Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture;

–Interpretation 23 and AASB 2017-4 Amendments to

Australian Accounting Standards – Uncertainty over Income

Ta x Tr e a t m e n t s;

–AASB 2017-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Long-term interest in Associates and JVs;

–AASB 2018-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Annual Improvements 2015–2017 Cycle;

–AASB 2018-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Definition of a Business; and

–AASB 2018-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Definition of Material.

116 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

G2. Capital and financial risk management

a) Capital risk management

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Group may vary its capital structure by adjusting the amount of

dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing new shares or increasing or reducing debt.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to operate as a going concern so that it can meet all its

financial obligations when they fall due, provide adequate returns to shareholders, maintain an appropriate capital structure to optimise

its cost of capital and maintain an Investment Grade credit rating to ensure ongoing access to funding.

b) Financial risk management objectives

The Group’s Treasury function manages the funding, liquidity and financial risks of the Group. These risks include foreign exchange,

interest rate, commodity and financial counterparty credit risk.

The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposures including:

i) Forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange rate risk arising from cross-border trade flows, foreign income and debt

service obligations;

ii) Cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate and currency risk associated with foreign currency denominated

borrowings; and

iii) Interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk.

The Group does not enter into or trade derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, when there

is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset

and settle the liability simultaneously. No material amounts with a right to offset were identified in the Consolidated Statement of

Financial Position.

c) Foreign currency risk management

The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, exposures to exchange rate fluctuations

arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign exchange contracts and

cross-currency swaps.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s material unhedged foreign currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities at the

reporting date are as follows:

Financial assets

(i)

Financial liabilities

(i)

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

US dollar (USD)10.1  1.4 5.5  6.3

(i) The above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in Australian dollar equivalent.

Annual Report 2019 117
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

c) Foreign currency risk management – continued

Foreign currency forward contracts

The following table summarises, by currency, the Australian dollar value (unless otherwise stated) of forward exchange contracts

outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

exchange rateForeign currencyContract valueFair value

20192018

2019

FC’m

2018

FC’m

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Buy USD/Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.6955 0.7540 5.2 20.0 7.5 26.6 (0.1)0.8 

3 to 6 months0.7142  – 1.3  – 1.8  –  –  – 

Later than 6 months0.7101 0.7534 0.9 66.9 1.3 88.8  – 1.5 

7. 4 86.9 10.6 115.4 (0.1)2.3 

Buy AUD/Sell USD

Less than 3 months0.69850.761712.1 5.8 17. 3 7.6 0.1 (0. 2)

3 to 6 months0.7073 – 0.8  – 1.1  –  –  – 

Later than 6 months0.71940.761337.1 7.0 51.6 9.2 (0.9)(0.3)

50.0 12.8 70.0 16.8 (0.8)(0.5)

Buy EUR/Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.62100.63660.3 8.6 0.5 13.5  – 0.1 

3 to 6 months0.6147 – 3.0  – 4.9  –  –  – 

Later than 6 months0.61880.61673.4 5.4 5.5 8.8 0.1 (0.1)

6.7 14.0 10.9 22.3 0.1  - 

Buy JPY/Sell AUD

Less than 3 months77.68 80.861,648.3 2,190.6 21.2 27.1 0.6  –  

3 to 6 months77. 8881.68255.9 567.6 3.3 6.9 0.1 0.1 

Later than 6 months 76.95 82.75215.2 25.9 2.8 0.3 0.1  – 

2,119.4 2,784.1 27. 3 34.3 0.8 0.1 

Sell JPY/Buy AUD

Less than 3 months76.4081.67 289.5 205.7 3.8 2.5  –  –  

Buy NZD/sell AUD

Less than 3 months1.0493 –   18.0  – 17. 2  – 0.1  – 

Buy GBP/Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.55320.57001.2 0.1 2.2 0.2  –  – 

Buy CNY/Sell AUD

Less than 3 months4.93835.33026.0 3.0 1.2 0.6  –  – 

3 to 6 months – 5.3535 – 3.0  – 0.6  –  0.1 

6.0 6.0 1.2 1.2  –  0.1 

Buy AUD/Sell NZD

Less than 3 months – 1.0812 – 5.3  – 4.9  – 0.1 

3 to 6 months – 1.0814 – 11.8  – 10.9  – 0.1 

Later than 6 months – 1.0819 – 26.9  – 24.9  – 0.3 

  – 44.0  – 40.7  – 0.5 

Buy CAD/Sell AUD

Less than 3 months – 1.0181 – 24.2  – 24.6  – 0.3 

Sell CAD/Buy AUD

Less than 3 months – 1.0053 – 25.3  – 25.4  – (0.6)

To t a l0.1 2.2 

118 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

c) Foreign currency risk management – continued

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

Under cross-currency interest rate swaps, the Group is committed to exchange certain foreign currency loan principal and interest

amounts at agreed future dates at fixed foreign exchange and interest rates. Such contracts enable the Group to eliminate the risk of

adverse movements in foreign exchange and interest rates related to foreign currency denominated borrowings.

The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

AUD equivalent

interest rate

(including credit

margin)

Weighted average

exchange rateContract valueFair value

2019

%

2018

%20192018

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Buy USD/Sell AUD

Less than 1 year7. 8  – 0.7168  – 9.8  – 0.2  – 

1 to 5 years – 7. 8  – 0.7168  – 9.8  – (0.5)

5 years or more5.9 5.9 0.7739  0.7739 129.2 129.2 2.5 (5 .4)

139.0 139.0 2.7 (5.9)

Buy JPY/Sell AUD

5 years or more5.2 5.2 83.12 83.12 120.3 120.3 (6.3)(6.9)

The above cross-currency interest rate swaps are designated as effective cash flow hedges.

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The Group is mainly exposed to the United States dollar (USD), Euro (EUR), Japanese Yen (JPY) and New Zealand dollar (NZD).

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movements in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies. The

percentages disclosed below represent the Group’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange rates (i.e. forward

exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency

denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given percentage change in foreign exchange rates.

A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease in

profit and equity.

Profit / (loss)

(i)

Equity

(ii)

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

USD impact

– 15% rate change0.8 (0.9)(10.4)16.7 

+ 15% rate change(0.6)0.6 7.7 (12 .4)

EUR impact

– 15% rate change –  – (1.6)(3.3)

+ 15% rate change –  – 1.6 3.3 

JPY impact

– 15% rate change –  – 4.3 5.7 

+ 15% rate change –  – (3.2) (4 . 2)

NZD impact

– 15% rate change – ( 7.6)3.0  – 

+ 15% rate change –  5.6 (2.2) – 

(i) This is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts not designated in a hedge relationship, receivables and payables.

(ii) This is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

Annual Report 2019 119
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

d) Interest rate risk management

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at floating interest rates. Management of this risk is governed by

a Board approved Treasury Policy and is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and

hedging is undertaken through interest rate swap contracts and the issue of long-term fixed rate debt securities.

The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:

Weighted average AUD

equivalent interest rate

(including credit margin)Liability / (asset)

2019

%

2018

%

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

Floating interest rates – cash flow exposure

Bank loans2.8 3.4 288.0 202.1 

Cash and cash equivalents1.1 1.5 (710.7)(606. 2)

Total cash flow exposure(422.7)(4 0 4 .1)

Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure

Bank loans

(i)

3.6 3.6 556.4 617.7 

USD private placement notes

(i)

6.0 6.0 149.9 150.6 

AUD private placement notes5.8 5.8 30.0 30.0 

Medium term notes

(i)

4.3 5.0 688.7 529.1 

Finance lease and hire purchase5.5 4.1 10.2 16.5 

Total fair value exposure1,435.2 1,343.9 

(i) The values of the interest rate and cross-currency swaps have been included in the debt amounts.

All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan other than USD private placement notes and JPY

medium term notes, where the AUD rates under the relevant cross-currency swaps are used.

The table above relates to amounts that are drawn. The Group has a number of undrawn facilities, which if utilised would be on a

floating rate basis.

Interest rate swap contracts

The Group uses interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under these contracts, the Group commits to

exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on notional principal amounts. The fair value of

interest rate swaps are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the reporting date.

The following table details the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:

Outstanding floating to fixed swap

contracts

Weighted average

interest rateNotional principal amountFair value

2019

%

2018

%

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

2019

$’m

2018

$’m

AUD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year2.1  – 450.0  – (2.4) –

1 to 2 years1.2 2.1 150.0 450.0 (0.2)(0. 2)

2 to 3 years1.2  – 270.0  – (0.9) – 

3 years or more1.3  – 135.0  – (0.7) – 

1,005.0 450.0 (4.2)(0. 2)

NZD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year2.2  – 100.0  – (0.3) – 

2 to 3 years1.5 2.2 100.0 100.0 (0.3)(0. 2)

200.0 100.0 (0.6)(0. 2)

120 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

d) Interest rate risk management – continued

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analysis has been determined based on the

exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming

that the rate change occurs at the beginning of the financial year

and is then held constant throughout the reporting period.

Sensitivities have been based on a movement in interest rates

of 100 basis points across the yield curve of the relevant

currencies. The selected basis point increase or decrease

represents the Group’s assessment of the possible change

in interest rates on variable rate instruments, cross-currency

interest rate swaps and interest rate swaps. An increase in

interest rates of 100 basis points on the unhedged position

(mostly cash and cash equivalents) will generate a profit of

$4.6 million (2018: $2.3 million loss) to the profit or loss; a similar

decrease in interest rates will generate a $4.6 million (2018:

$2.5 million profit) loss to the profit or loss.

For hedged positions designated as cash flow hedges,

an increase and decrease in interest rates of 100 basis

points will generate an increase and decrease in equity of

$10.7 million (2018: $4.8 million) and $10.4 million (2018:

$3.7 million) respectively.

e) Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that a financial counterparty will

default on its contractual obligations, resulting in a loss to the

Group. The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of these

counterparties are regularly monitored and transactions are

diversified among approved counterparties.

Trade receivables and contract assets arise from a large number

of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographical

areas. Ongoing credit evaluation is performed on the financial

condition of counterparties. Refer to Note C2 for details on credit

risk arising from trade receivables and contract assets.

The preferred credit risk on derivative financial instruments is to

counterparties that have minimum long-term credit ratings from

Standard & Poor’s of no less than A- (or equivalent from other

rating agencies).

Credit risk arising from cash balances held with banks is

managed by Group Treasury. Investments of surplus funds are

generally only made with counterparties that have a minimum

A- credit rating. In limited circumstances, amounts of surplus

funds are held in foreign jurisdictions where there are no financial

institutions that meet the above minimum rating threshold.

Financial counterparty credit limits and the related credit

acceptability of counterparties are set by a Board approved

Treasury Policy that is reviewed by the Board from time to time.

The limits are set to minimise the concentration of risks and

therefore mitigate financial loss through potential counterparty

default. No material exposure is considered to exist by virtue of

the non-performance of any financial counterparty.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial

statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the

Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

f) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the Group is unable

to settle a financial transaction on the due date. Liquidity risk

management is ultimately a Board responsibility and is managed

within an appropriate risk management framework under the

Group’s Treasury policy.

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash

reserves and committed undrawn debt facilities, monitoring

forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity

profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Included in Note E2

is a summary of committed undrawn bank loan facilities.

Annual Report 2019 121
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

f) Liquidity risk management – continued

Liquidity risk tables

The following tables detail the contractual maturity of the Group’s financial liabilities. The tables are based on the undiscounted cash

flows of financial liabilities and include both interest and principal cash flows.

2019

$’m

Less than

1 year

1 to 2

years

2 to 3

years

3 to 4

years

4 to 5

years

More

than 5

years

Trade payables810.6  –  –  –  –  – 

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities3.2 6.9 0.4 0.1  –  – 

Bank loans18.4 540.1 315.4  –  –  – 

USD notes16.8 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 152.3 

AUD notes1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 32.6 

Medium term notes23.8 23.8 273.8 12.6 12.6 467.6 

Total borrowings including interest60.7 572.1 597. 4 20.8 20.8 652.5 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps5.7 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 19.4 

Interest rate swaps3.5 1.4 0.4  –  –  – 

Foreign currency forward contracts(0.6)0.5  –  –  –  – 

Total derivative instruments

(i)

8.6 7. 8 6.3 5.9 5.9 19.4 

To t a l883.1 586.8 604.1 26.8 26.7 671.9 

2018

Trade payables674. 2–––––

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities6.1 3.9 2.2 5.5 ––

Bank loans27.075.7494.5312.6––

USD notes8.517.77. 97. 97. 9185.1

AUD notes1.71.71.71.71.734.4

Medium term notes166.912.612.6262.61.4135.5

Total borrowings including interest204.1107.7516.7584.811.0355.0

Cross currency interest rate swaps6.56.76.46.36.344.8

Interest rate swaps0.30.1––––

Foreign currency forward contracts2.20.1––––

Total derivative instruments

(i)

9.06.96.46.36.344.8

To t a l893.4 118.5 525.3 596.6 17. 3399.8

(i) Includes assets and liabilities.

122 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

Recognition and measurement

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair

value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are

subsequently re-measured to their fair value at each reporting

date. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of

derivatives, except those that qualify as effective hedges, are

immediately recognised in profit or loss.

Hedge accounting

AASB 9 aligns the accounting for hedging instruments more

closely with the Group’s risk management objectives and

strategy and applies a more qualitative and forward-looking

approach to assessing hedge effectiveness. The Group has

elected to adopt the general hedge accounting model in AASB

9. AASB 9 introduces new requirements on rebalancing hedge

relationships and prohibiting voluntary discontinuation of hedge

accounting. Under the new model, it is possible that more risk

management strategies, particularly those involving hedging

a risk component (other than foreign currency risk) of a non-

financial item, will be likely to qualify for hedge accounting.

Similar to the Group’s prior period hedge accounting policy,

management does not intend to exclude the forward element

of foreign currency forward contracts from designated

hedging relationships. The Group previously elected to

adjust non-financial hedged items with gains/losses arising

from effective cash flow hedges under AASB 139 which is

mandatory under AASB 9.

The Group notes the impact on transition from application of the

general hedge accounting model in AASB 9 is not material.

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are used to hedge the exposure to changes in

the fair value of a recognised asset, liability or firm commitment.

For fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative,

together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset

or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are immediately

recorded in profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued

when the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated,

exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges are used to hedge risks associated with

contracted and highly probable forecast transactions. For cash

flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of

the derivative is deferred in equity and the gain or loss relating to

the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Amounts deferred in equity are transferred to profit or loss

in the same period the hedged item is recognised in profit or

loss. When the forecast transaction that is hedged results in

the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the gains

and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred to form

part of the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial

asset or liability.

If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the

cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised

immediately in profit or loss. If the hedge instrument expires or

is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge

accounting, any gain or loss deferred in equity remains in equity

until the forecast transaction occurs.

Annual Report 2019 123
G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

2019

$’m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

CurrentNon-currentCurrentNon-current

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets23.7  –  –  – 

Advances to / from joint ventures and associates9.8  – 13.1  – 

Deferred consideration –  – 22.1 15.3 

33.5  – 35.2 15.3 

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge1.3  – 1.0 0.2 

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge0.2 3.2 8.0 3.8 

1.5 3.2 9.0 4.0 

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Fair value through OCI – 2.0  –  – 

Contingent consideration –  – 3.2 0.7 

– 2.0 3.2 0.7 

To t a l35.0 5.2 47. 4 20.0 

2018

$’m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

CurrentNon-currentCurrentNon-current

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets10.013.5––

Advances to / from joint ventures and associates5.1–11.3–

Deferred consideration––8.013.3

15.113.519.313.3

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge3.0–1.2–

Foreign currency forward contracts – Fair value through profit or loss0.5–0.1–

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge––6.17.1

3.5–7.47.1

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Available-for-sale–2.0––

Contingent consideration––16.513.8

–2.016.513.8

To t a l18.615.543.234.2

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

Level 3 investments remained unchanged from prior year (2018: $1.7 million decrease mostly due to revaluation and return

on investment).

124 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities – continued

Recognition and measurement

Fair value measurement

When a derivative is designated as the cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative

is recognised in Other Comprehensive Income and accumulated in the hedging reserve. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair

value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Valuation of financial instruments

For financial instruments measured and carried at fair value, the Group uses the following to categorise the methods used:

–Level 1: fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

–Level 2: fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or

liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and

–Level 3: fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

During the year there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value hierarchies.

The following table shows the valuation technique used in measuring Level 2 and 3 fair values, as well as significant

unobservable inputs used:

Ty p eValuation techniqueSignificant unobservable input

Cross-currency and interest rate swapsCalculated using the present value of

the estimated future cash flows based

on observable yield curves.

Not applicable.

Foreign currency forward contractsCalculated using forward exchange rates

prevailing at the balance sheet date.

Not applicable.

Unquoted equity investmentsCalculated based on the Group’s interest

in the net assets of the unquoted entities.

Assumptions are made with regard

to future expected revenues and

discount rates.

Changing the inputs to the valuations

to reasonably possible alternative

assumptions would not significantly change

the amounts recognised in profit or loss,

total assets or total liabilities, or total equity.

Contingent considerationCalculated on the amounts expected to be

paid based on the probability of contingent

events and targets being achieved,

determined by reference to forecasts

of future performance of the acquired

businesses discounted using the market

rates prevailing at financial year end.

Assumptions are made with regard

to future expected earnings and

discount rates on certain of the

contingent arrangements.

Annual Report 2019 125
Directors’ Declaration

for the year ended 30 June 2019

In the opinion of the Directors of Downer EDI Limited:

(a) The financial statements and notes set out on pages 62 to 124 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001

(Cth), including:

(i) Complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting

requirements; and

(ii) The financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the Company

and the consolidated entity;

(b) There are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become

due and payable;

(c) The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and

(d) The attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note A to the

financial statements.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding

Chairman

Sydney, 22 August 2019

126 Downer EDI Limited
Downer’s sustainability approach

To Downer, sustainability is delivering financial growth and

value to its customers through its supply chain, looking after the

wellbeing of its people, having a diverse and inclusive workforce,

minimising its impact on the environment and enhancing

the liveability of the communities in which it has influence.

Downer recognises that sustainability is vital for securing

long-term environmental, economic and social viability and

understands its role in contributing to a sustainable future for

communities to prosper.

Sustainability is intrinsically linked to Downer’s business strategy

because the sustainability of Downer’s activities is fundamental

to the Company’s future success. Downer’s sustainability strategy

is shaped by its four Pillars: Safety; Delivery; Relationships and

Thought Leadership. Downer’s commitment to sustainability is

outlined on the Downer website and within the sustainability report

located on www.downergroup.com/sustainability.

Downer makes a positive contribution in industry sectors such

as utilities, renewables, public transport, infrastructure, facility

management and carbon-intensive industries sectors, for

example, mining and production of road pavement products.

Downer’s strategy focuses on improving efficiencies in existing

operations, investing in growth, and adapting as industry and

customer needs and preferences change. Downer’s business

diversity allows it to leverage emerging opportunities such

as increasing and ageing populations, infrastructure renewal

requirements and the increased need for inter-connected smart

cities and regional city hubs.

As an integrated service provider, Downer’s contribution to

sustainability is achieved by providing its customers with

industry leading solutions that drive and provide efficiency and

reduce their impact on the environment.

Downer works closely with the local communities in which

it operates to achieve better social inclusion outcomes,

implementing a range of strategies focusing on social

responsibility, local and Indigenous employment, cultural

heritage management and stakeholder engagement.

Downer’s success is a direct result of the experience, capability

and engagement of Downer’s people. Downer aims to employ

the best people and bring thought leadership to support its

customers to plan, create and sustain. Downer achieves this by

embracing diversity and inclusiveness in the workplace. Downer

continues to strengthen its focus on recruiting strategically to

increase workforce participation across a range of demographics.

Downer’s ESG reporting approach

Downer has prepared its Sustainability Report in accordance

with the Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) Standards to provide

investors with comparable information relating to environmental,

social and governance (ESG) performance. Specifically,

Downer’s approach takes into consideration the GRI’s principles

for informing report content: materiality, completeness, and

sustainability context and stakeholder inclusiveness. A key focus

is to demonstrate how Downer delivers sustainable returns while

managing risk and being responsible in how it operates.

Downer seeks to identify the issues that have the greatest

potential to impact its future success and returns to

shareholders. This year Downer revisited its materiality

assessment in accordance with the GRI Standards via a rigorous

process to formally engage internal and external stakeholders

to understand what they believe are the material sustainability

issues for Downer and inform the identification of its economic,

social, environmental and governance risks and opportunities.

The materiality assessment provided key sustainability insights

for Downer’s strategy and frames the content for this year’s

Sustainability Report. The results were positive with strong

alignment between internal and external stakeholder views. This

provided a list of the top 11 issues which Downer deems to be its

material issues ranked in order of priority consisted of:

1. Health and safety

2. Governance and ethics

3. Contractor management

4. Operational performance

5. Financial performance

6. Attraction and retention

7. Partnerships and stakeholder engagement

8. Customer expectations

9. Business resilience

10. Climate change

11. Diverse and inclusive workforce

Further information including the process undertaken is available

in the 2019 Sustainability Report.

Governance and Risk Management

The Downer Board, through its oversight functions has

ensured Downer appropriately considers ESG risks including

those related to climate change. In fulfilling this function, the

Downer Board also receives oversight from Downer’s Audit

and Risk Committee, Zero Harm Committee, Zero Harm Board

Committee, Tender Risk Evaluation Committee and Disclosure

Committee. ESG-related risks and opportunities are incorporated

into Downer’s broader corporate strategy, planning and

risk management.

Sustainability Performance Summary 2019

Annual Report 2019 127
The Downer Board recognises that an integrated approach to

managing ESG risks and opportunities is essential. This has

been reflected in the strengthening of Downer’s governance

structure and increased focus on this risk in both Board and

executive forums throughout the financial year ended 2019.

This has included:

–Formal updates to the Board on a regular basis and Audit

and Risk and Zero Harm Committees on a bi-monthly basis;

–Regular updates and stakeholder engagement with the

Executive Committee;

–Amendments to the Audit and Risk Committee Charter

to include explicit reference to climate-related risks

and opportunities;

–Inclusion of ESG risks and opportunities in the annual Board

strategy agenda; and

–Incorporating ESG risk and opportunity discussions in

Divisional Executive Meetings, including climate-related

workshops with senior leadership teams of each Division.

ESG risks and opportunities are governed as part of Downer’s

Group Risk and Opportunity Management Framework and

Project Risk Management Framework. Downer identifies,

manages and discloses material climate-related risks as part of

standard business practices, and, in accordance with the Group

and Divisional strategies, which apply to everyone at Downer.

Downer’s Zero Harm Management System Framework sets

the Company’s Zero Harm and sustainability governance

requirements. Downer has been certified (as a minimum) to

the following standards: AS/NZS 4801 or OHSAS 18001 (for

occupational health and safety management systems); ISO

14001 environmental management systems; and IS0 9001 quality

management systems.

The Board’s Zero Harm Committee oversees the development

and implementation of Downer’s Zero Harm management

systems, and the process of Downer’s Zero Harm performance.

The effectiveness of these systems is monitored through

extensive internal and third-party audit programs, with

oversight by both the Board Zero Harm and Board Audit and

Risk Committees. Other aspects of Downer’s approach to

sustainability are overseen by the Group Diversity Committee

and other relevant corporate governance forums.

The method for measuring the Company’s performance is clearly

set out in its governance framework, short-term remuneration

incentives are offered to senior managers in relation to the

Company’s performance against environmental sustainability

targets. These targets include the management of critical

environmental risks and GHG emissions reduction.

Downer’s Zero Harm performance during 2019 is summarised

below. More comprehensive information is provided in Downer’s

2019 Sustainability Report which will be available on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com.

Health and safety

Downer’s business is founded on its deeply held value of Zero

Harm. Health and safety is Downer’s highest priority and is the

first of the Company’s strategic pillars. Zero Harm is embedded in

Downer’s culture and is fundamental to its future success. Downer

works relentlessly to make sure this does not become rhetoric

and that its people actively live these words vigilantly every day,

watching out for their own health and safety as well as that of

others in and around its workplaces.

Downer’s approach to health and safety is built on leading and

inspiring, managing risk, rethinking processes, applying lessons

learnt, and adopting and adapting practices that aim to achieve

zero work-related injuries. Downer’s approach is a market

differentiator as it enables its people to work in industry sectors

that may be inherently hazardous. In everything Downer does,

the health and safety of Downer’s people and communities that it

works within is always the Company’s top priority.

Downer’s commitment is enhanced by strong leadership from

senior leaders within the business, who actively engage, enable

and empower its people to work safely, and maintain safe working

environments for themselves and the community. As Downer’s

health and safety performance demonstrates, Downer has a

mature safety culture, it is proud of its people’s support and

commitment to its Zero Harm principles and practices.

Downer’s strategic program for Health and Safety has focused on:

–Critical risk management including the evaluation and

assurance of critical controls by multiple layers of management

and frontline leaders. The goal is to eliminate all preventable

significant harm and establish Downer as a leader in critical

risk management.

–Streamlining and harmonising management systems and

continuing to further frontline leadership capability. The goal is

to have an aligned approach to managing Zero Harm.

–Technology and innovation. The goal is to collect better

data to better anticipate future risks and opportunities, and

innovate via use of technology.

–Business resilience, including mental health. The goal is to

proactively respond to emerging strategic Zero Harm issues

that impact the sectors it operates in and reinforce the

positioning of Downer as a thought leader.

Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

Total Recordable Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

0

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

5.00

0

0.20

0.40

0.60

0.80

1.00

1.20

1.40

1.60

1.80

2.00

TRIFRLTIFR

201920182017201620152014

1.08

0.87

0.66

0.55

0.78

0.57

128 Downer EDI Limited
Sustainability Performance Summary 2019 – continued

Environmental Sustainability

Downer’s environmental sustainability performance is measured

against the key areas of risk management, compliance,

minimising environmental impact and maximising resource

efficiency opportunities in its own and its customers’ businesses.

Downer’s key focus areas during the year were:

–Continuing to focus on the resilience and assurance of

environmental risk controls;

–Incorporating sustainability rating tools and initiatives into

major projects;

–Improving environmental workforce capability;

–Engaging with customers regarding Downer’s environmental

capability; and

–Preparing the business as markets transition to a low

carbon economy.

Downer achieved its Group-wide target of zero Level 5

1

or

Level 6

2

environmental incidents. There were no significant

environmental incidents

3

(≥ Level 4) during financial year 2019.

Disappointingly, Downer incurred nine penalty infringement

notices totalling NZD $4,950 in its New Zealand Division.

At the time of writing this report, one infringement notice

(NZD $750) is being contested due to evidence suggesting the

discharge did not originate from the Downer facility. Downer

also incurred two penalty infringement notices totalling

AUD $19,055 in its Transport and Infrastructure Division

associated with the operation of wastewater treatment facilities

resulting in an exceedance of ammonia released into the nearby

watercourse. The other related to a breach of the Planning

approval whereby the construction certificate was not obtained

for the Beryl Solar Farm (further information is available in the

2019 Sustainability Report).

1 A Level 5 environmental incident is defined as any incident that causes significant impact or serious harm on the environment, where material harm has occurred and if

costs in aggregate exceed $50,000.

2 A Level 6 environmental incident is defined as an incident that results in catastrophic widespread impact on the environment, resulting in irreversible damage.

3 A significant environmental incident or significant environmental spill (≥Level 4) is any environmental incident or spill where there is significant impact on or material harm

to the environment; or a notifiable incident where there is a spill that results in significant impact or material harm; or there is long-term community irritation leading to

disruptive actions and requiring continual management attention.

Significant achievements for FY19 include:

–Recognised by the Australasian Reporting Awards with a

Bronze Award for Downer’s 2018 Sustainability Report.

–Downer was awarded a “Leading” Infrastructure Sustainability

(IS) Design rating by the Infrastructure Sustainability Council

of Australia (ISCA) for the Auckland’s City Rail Link project,

the highest possible achievement in the IS scheme.

–Downer achieved the first Infrastructure Sustainability (IS)

Design rating for a Light Rail Project in New South Wales for

the successful delivery of the Newcastle Light Rail project,

which achieved an ‘Excellent Design’ rating by ISCA.

–Downer New Zealand became a signatory to the New

Zealand Climate Leaders Coalition and established an

internal sustainability governance working group.

–Expansion of its circular economy capability through

acquiring 50% of Repurpose It, a waste resource

company in Victoria.

–Secured $2.5 million in grant funding through the

Queensland Resource Recovery Industry Development

program to build another gully pit recycling system in

Queensland like the one opened last year in Rosehill.

–Produced an Environmental Product Declaration (EPD)

in accordance with ISO14025 for the Sydney Growth

Train (also known as ‘Waratah Series 2’) suburban train

sets – the first EPD produced in Australia for vehicle and

transport equipment.

Downer’s response to climate change

Climate change impacts present a challenge to sustaining

our modern environment, enhancing livability, the natural

environment and our business. While Downer’s business portfolio

is diverse, it has limited exposure to the effects of climate change

impacts on its business through fixed, long-lived capital assets.

Downer’s diverse portfolio allows it to be flexible and agile to

redeploy assets to high growth areas as markets change. This

diversity of portfolio strongly positions Downer to mitigate

and manage its exposure to climate risks and to maximise the

business opportunities it presents.

Downer accepts the latest Intergovernmental Panel on Climate

Change (IPCC) assessment of the science related to climate

change. Downer considers climate change to be one if its

material issues – refer to the materiality assessment.

Annual Report 2019 129
Downer continues to make significant progress in assessing the financial implications of climate change and in 2019 Downer has

implemented the recommendations of the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and focused on scenario analysis

and developing a science-based target as detailed below. In addition, in 2019 Downer published a set of climate change frequently

asked questions (FAQs) on its website www.downergroup.com/environment to provide a consistent response to FAQs Downer

receives on climate change from its stakeholders. For more detailed information on Downer’s Climate Change disclosures, refer to the

Sustainability Report.

TCFD Scenario analysis

In 2019, Downer completed a scenario analysis to test the resilience of its strategy, and the assumptions underpinning strategic

focus areas in relation to relevant climate futures both physical and transitional. Acknowledging the significant degree of uncertainty

associated with the manifestation of these futures, the analysis explores four different, yet inter-related potential futures with varying

climate change severity and alternate socioeconomic and political landscapes.

In deciding on the three key issues upon which to frame the scenario analysis, Downer undertook a process to identify the future risks

and opportunities arising from the transition to a low carbon economy and physical changes and overlaid Downer’s strategic priorities,

current risks and future changes which resulted in the three key issues and their respective areas of the business.

Key issueArea of business focus

Physical impacts of climate change (weather)Transport & Infrastructure and New Zealand

Energy Transition (i.e. Thermal coal transition)Mining (part of Mining, Energy and Industrials)

Changing carbon/energy policyGroup

These informed the selection of four divergent, internally consistent and plausible scenarios, based upon the best available literature

and modelling. Two of the four scenarios explore the minimum plausible global-warming trajectory (approximately 2 degrees of global

warming), and two explore the upper limit (approximately 4 degrees of global warming), with the pairs separated based on the degree to

which adaptation is available and practicable in the given future.

The degrees warming is informed by the Representative Concentration Pathways “RCPs” (RCP 2.6 for under 2 degrees and RCP 8.5 for

4 degrees). Whilst the transition pathways, including broader energy and socio-economic conditions are informed by the Shared

Socio-economic Pathways “SSPs”.

Scenarios

Sustainability ~2 degrees global warming (SSP 1- RCP 2.6)

Follower~2 degrees global warming (SSP 4- RCP 2.6)

Fossil fuel development~4 degrees global warming (SSP 5- RCP 8.5)

Global decline~4 degrees global warming (SSP 3- RCP 8.5)

Each of these scenarios provide numeric and qualitative outcomes to explore risks and opportunities. The development of these

scenarios was tailored to Downer’s business strategy, by identifying the key risks and opportunities that arose in each of the three

selected priority areas. Once these were understood, a key driving climate or transition variable was mapped, enabling consistent

exploration of the potential impact or outcome for Downer in each of the four futures.

Key findings include:

–Downer’s strategy was found to be resilient and well positioned in all scenarios used due to diversification of services across

multiple sectors, existing market presence and capabilities.

–A <2°C world provides considerable opportunities which outweigh identified risks and will assist with lower cost of capital and

increased margins.

–Aligning to a <2°C world will require decarbonisation by the second half of the century 2050> with a substantial decrease by 2030.

The scenario analysis work will be used as signposts to inform Downer’s strategy and help Downer to manage some of the uncertainty

and complexities associated with these futures. Monitoring government policy (e.g. carbon price), consumer sentiments on climate

change, the levelised cost of energy across major energy sources and the global emission trajectory will provide key insights to best

inform Downer’s business strategies.

Downer continues to focus on a decarbonisation strategy with an emphasis on long-term contracts, technology, energy transition,

GHG reductions and efficiencies, and opportunities to offset emissions.

130 Downer EDI Limited
Sustainability Performance Summary 2019 – continued

GHG Emission Reduction Target

A key consideration of the TCFD recommendations is the

pathway to reduce emissions and the establishment of targets.

Downer has set ambitious targets to align with the 2015 Paris

agreement goals to “pursue efforts to limit the temperature

increase to 1.5 °C” by the end of this century.

Downer acknowledges that climate change mitigation is a shared

responsibility and to support the transition to a low-carbon

economy in an equitable manner, organisations need to play their

part by developing emissions reduction targets that align to the

latest science. Therefore, Downer has leveraged the Science-

based Target (SBT) initiative’s framework and guidance to set a

GHG emission reduction target for the Downer Group.

Downer commits to the decarbonisation

4

of its absolute Scope 1

and 2 GHG emissions

5

by 45-50% by 2035 from a FY2018 base

year and be net zero in the second half of this century

6

.

In addition, Downer will review its emission reduction approach

in line with Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)

updated scientific reports and other developments in

low-emissions technology, to ensure a practical and affordable

transition towards this commitment.

Refer to Downer’s Sustainability Report for further

disclosures on Downer’s response to climate change and

how we have specifically addressed the recommendations

outlined in the TCFD.

4 Decarbonisation may include the use of certified offsets.

5 Scope 1 emissions are those produced directly by Downer Group activities, Scope 2 emissions are indirect emissions, such as electricity consumption, Scope 3 emissions are

those that occur from sources not owned or controlled by Downer.

6 This is consistent with a 1.5 degree Celsius pathway using the latest International Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) scientific reports.

Annual Report 2019 131
Overview

Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the

platform from which:

–The Board is accountable to shareholders for the operations,

performance and growth of the Company;

–Downer management is accountable to the Board;

–The risks to Downer’s business are identified

and managed; and

–Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders and

the investment community.

Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes to

promote leading corporate governance practices.

The Board endorses the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s

Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations

(ASX Principles).

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for

management and oversight

The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and

responsibilities of the Board and is available on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com.

The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is to provide

strategic guidance and to effectively oversee management of the

Company. Among other things, the Board is responsible for:

–Overseeing the Company, including its control and

accountability systems;

–Appointing and removing the Group CEO and

senior executives;

–Monitoring performance of the Group CEO and senior

executives; and

–Reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk

management and internal control, codes of conduct and

legal compliance.

Before appointing a Director, the Board undertakes appropriate

checks and provides shareholders with all material information

which is relevant to the decision to elect or re-elect a Director.

Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the

key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement.

The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated to

management, led by the Group CEO.

The primary goal set for management by the Board is to focus

on enhancing shareholder value, which includes responsibility for

Downer’s economic, environmental and social performance.

The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day

management of Downer and his authority is delegated and

authorised by the Board.

Downer has written employment agreements with each of

its senior executives and the performance of those senior

executives is regularly reviewed against appropriate measures,

including performance targets linked to the business plan and

overall corporate objectives. In 2019, Downer’s senior executives

participated in periodic performance evaluations where they

received feedback on progress against these targets.

The Company Secretary is responsible for supporting the

effectiveness of the Board and is directly accountable to the

Board, through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the proper

functioning of the Board.

Details of Downer’s Directors and the Executive Leadership Team

are available on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Diversity at Downer

Downer is committed to ensuring that it has a diverse and

inclusive workforce, which fulfils the expectations of its

employees, customers and shareholders while building a

sustainable future for its business. This is formalised through

the Downer Diversity & Inclusiveness (D&I) Policy which outlines

the Company’s commitment to developing a diverse and

inclusive workforce.

In 2016, Downer launched a revised Diversity Framework.

The purpose of this framework is to support the D&I Policy and

implementation of Divisional D&I strategies.

The Diversity & Inclusiveness Policy is available on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com.

ASX diversity recommendations – diversity statement

This diversity statement outlines Downer’s performance

throughout 2019 with respect to its broader diversity program,

but with a particular focus on gender, and specifically includes:

–Details of Downer’s key gender representation metrics;

–An overview of the gender diversity initiatives undertaken by

Downer throughout 2019; and

–An outline of Downer’s measurable gender diversity

objectives for 2020.

Gender representation metrics

As at 30 June 2019, Downer’s female gender representation

metrics were as follows:

–Board 37%

–Senior Executive

1

21%

–Management

2

22%

–Workforce 36%

1 For present purposes, “Senior Executive” refers to CEO, KMP and Other Executives/General Managers as defined in the Workplace Gender Equality Agency Reference guide

to the workplace profile and reporting questionnaire (WGEA Reference Guide).

2 For present purposes, “Management” refers to CEO, KMP, Other Executives/General Managers, Senior Managers and Other Managers as defined in the WGEA

Reference Guide.

Corporate Governance

for the year ended 30 June 2019

132 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Looking back: 2019 measurable objectives

Focus Area ObjectiveTargetsOutcome

Brand and

Reputation

To enhance the brand

and reputation of

Downer Group through

partnerships related to

our diversity focus areas

and to ensure Downer

Group continues

to be viewed as an

organisation that is

committed to D&I.

Establish two

partnerships

with reputable

diversity

agencies.

–Re-established partnership with the Diversity Council of Australia.

–Became a member of Work180, an Australian jobs network that operates

at the forefront of recruitment and advocacy for women.

Employees have received stories of interest reinforcing a commitment to a

diverse and inclusive culture through a range of communication and media,

including Downer and Spotless intranet pages, Downer Connect, Downer

and Spotless websites and LinkedIn. Highlights include:

–Celebrating events of significance for gender and Indigenous cultures,

such as International Women’s Day, participation in Habitat for

Humanity and National Reconciliation Week.

–Graduate series of stories featuring talent and success (focusing on

female graduates).

–60 Seconds series, being interviews with Senior Leaders.

–Indigenous participation stories around the Waanyi Downer JV,

Cowboys House, the PCYC Blackwater and Mundine Means Business.

Gender

Diversity

To improve

opportunities for women

to reach their potential

through an inclusive

work environment while

positioning Downer

Group as a preferred

employer for women in

its industries.

37% women in

the workforce

by 2020.

20% women in

Management

by 2020.

Parental Leave Policy is currently under review. Extensive research,

benchmarking and internal consultation was undertaken to understand

Downer and Spotless’ relative position on Parental Leave Policies in the

market place and as a competitive positioning tool in the attraction and

retention of talent.

Downer refreshed and relaunched the Downer Mentoring program in this

period. 30 mentoring relationships were established with 15 high performing

females participating.

–As part of Downer’s Talent Management and Succession Planning, all

female employees at CEO-2 and high potential female employees have

an active talent profile and development plan.

–Seven female executive leaders participated in the Downer Executive

Development Program (ExeLD).

–Two executive leaders participated in the Chief Executive Women

Development Program.

An information sheet that increases knowledge on how to mitigate

unconscious bias in recruitment was made available to hiring managers in

this period.

Annual Report 2019 133
Focus Area ObjectiveTargetsOutcome

Cultural

Diversity

To build on Downer

Group’s commitment

to closing the gap by

increasing Indigenous

workforce participation

and developing

strategic partnerships

with Indigenous

organisations and

community groups.

3% Aboriginal

and Torres

Strait Islander

employees

by 2020.

–Downer launched its second Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) ‘Innovate’,

endorsed by Reconciliation Australia, which outlines our reconciliation

vision, strategy and targeted initiatives.

–Spotless is closing out its second RAP ‘Innovate’, having implemented

all initiatives.

–Spotless is consulting with Reconciliation Australia on its ‘Stretch’ RAP,

which is anticipated to launch Q2 FY20.

–Partnerships developed with PCYC Blackwater and Aboriginal

Employment Strategy (AES).

–Became a registered member of Supply Nation. Supply Nation is

Australia’s largest national directory of verified Aboriginal and Torres

Strait Islander businesses.

–Continued to work closely with government partners in NZ, including

the Ministry of Social Development and Te Puni Kōkiri to provide

employment opportunities for Māori people who may experience

challenges to securing and/or maintaining ongoing employment.

–Evolved the Māori Leadership program, Te Ara Whanake, into a program

specifically designed for non-Māori leaders.

–Worked in partnership with Te Puni Kōkiri to create Whakatipu Tētēkura

a program to attract and recruit Māori school leavers.

–Launched a custom-built Indigenous Cultural Awareness Training

e-learn program for Australian supervisors and above during this period.

Generational

Diversity

To establish Downer

Group as a sought-

after employer for all

age-groups and as

an organisation that

builds a talent pipeline

of thought leaders

and continues to value

experience.

Build Downer’s

LinkedIn ranking

(as of 30 June

2018, the 12th

most sought-

after business

to work for).

Maintain

or increase

the number

of graduate

employees’

year-on-year

until 2021.

Downer did not improve its LinkedIn ranking, due to a change in focus to

promote the diversity of our people (amongst other things) on Downer

Connect, the internal social media platform that was launched in this period.

Downer continues to build its pipeline of talent by investing in youth

through the:

–Downer Graduate Program – intake for 2018 was 28 and in 2019

increased to 40, a 40% increase year on year.

–LEaD: Emerging Leaders Program (Downer’s leadership program for

emerging leaders), had 37 participants in FY19 – double the intake of

the previous four years.

Downer commenced consultation and development of the governance

structure and framework for the Apprentices and Trainees Program.

The Downer ‘Our Brand’ guidelines have been updated to include diverse

and inclusive imagery and instruction to promote and support our

commitment to D&I.

134 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Looking ahead: 2020 measurable objectives

Focus Area ObjectiveTargetsInitiatives

Flexibility,

Diversity

and

Inclusion

To continue developing

Downer’s commitment

to representing the

businesses and

communities in which it

serves through a focus

on D&I.

Report quarterly to

EXCO on progress

towards targets and

objectives.

–Continue the governance structure through Divisional Diversity

Steering Committees (DDSCs) with progress and initiatives

reported quarterly to the Executive Committee (EXCO).

–Leverage our partnership with Work180 as an endorsed

employer to utilise its job board for Downer targeted positions.

–Review and modify the Downer Mandatory Induction to ensure

they promote the Company’s commitment to a diverse and

inclusive workforce and working environment.

Gender

Diversity

To improve

opportunities for women

to reach their potential

through an inclusive

work environment while

positioning Downer

Group as a preferred

employer for women in

its industries.

37% women in the

workforce by 2020.

23% women in

Management positions

by 2020, a 3% increase

on the disclosed

measurable objective

outlined in Downer’s

FY18 Annual Report.

22% women in Senior

Executive positions by

2020.

30% women on the

Board – the Board’s

composition currently

meets this objective.

–Deliver on Downer’s Workplace Gender Equality Agency

(WGEA) Pay Equity Ambassador commitments.

–Undertake a pilot program showcasing how to incorporate

Downer’s Flexible Working Arrangements for an operational

team and site. Share learnings broadly.

–Develop capability to effectively lead and manage a diverse

workforce via a series of manager guides. Content to include:

inclusive language, strategies for managing a culturally diverse

workforce and everyday sexism in the workplace.

–Implement a second intake of the Downer Mentoring program

where high performing women are paired with high performing

leaders to support their development goals.

–Develop and launch a Female Network to highlight opportunities

and networking.

–Develop and launch a ‘Manager Toolkit’ for supporting

Primary Carers on Parental Leave before, during and as part of

return to work.

–Build the anti-unconscious bias capability of hiring

managers and recruitment specialists via access to an online

learning module.

Annual Report 2019 135
Focus Area ObjectiveTargetsInitiatives

Cultural

Diversity

To build on Downer

Group’s commitment

to closing the gap by

increasing Indigenous

workforce participation

and developing

strategic partnerships

with Indigenous

organisations and

community groups.

3% Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander

employees by 2020.

–Make progress on the commitments outlined in the ‘Innovate’

RAP (close out due 2021).

–Launch Spotless ‘Stretch’ RAP and commence delivery on

the commitments.

–Develop five new partnerships with Indigenous businesses

and/or communities.

–Remaining Australian supervisors and above to complete

Downer’s Indigenous Cultural Awareness Training Program.

–Develop an Indigenous Cultural Awareness training module for

non-Indigenous employees, available via e-learn and a ’toolbox’

training kit for site-based employees.

–Build on the NZ based Whatakipu Tētēkura program for Māori

school leavers at risk of becoming NEETs (not in education,

employed or training) consisting of a series of marae-based

residential workshops, pastoral care and supporting career

development pathways into permanent roles.

–Support and engage non-Māori leaders to participate in the

Te Ara Maramatanga. (Building on Te Ara Whanake (the Māori

Leadership Program) by participating in the 24-hour marae-

based immersion program that allows employees to experience

Māori culture. Continue to provide employment opportunities

to migrant workers and further build manager capability by

providing cultural awareness training. Conduct pre-employment

programs quarterly.

Generational

Diversity

To establish Downer

Group as a sought-

after employer for all

age-groups and as

an organisation that

builds a talent pipeline

of thought leaders

and continues to value

experience.

Maintain or increase

the number of graduate

employees’ year-on-year

until 2021.

Continue to build a talent pipeline by investing in entry level

programs that align to Downer’s diversity focus and priority areas,

including:

–The Downer Graduate Development Program (continue to unify

a ‘one Downer’ approach to graduate recruitment).

–Implementation of a governance structure and framework for the

Downer Apprentice and Trainee Program that supports strategic

attraction, selection and retention.

–Explore partnership opportunities with organisations that

manage the transition of ex-Defence personnel into Downer

employment opportunities.

136 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Principle 2: Structure the Board to add value

Throughout the 2019 financial year, the Board was comprised of

a majority of independent Directors.

The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman (Mike Harding,

an independent, Non-executive Director), six other independent,

Non-executive Directors and an Executive Director (the Group

CEO, Grant Fenn). Details of the members of the Board, including

their skills, experience, status and their term of office are set out

in the Directors’ Report on pages 4 to 5 and are also available on

the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The composition of the Board is reviewed and assessed by the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to ensure

the Board is of a composition, size and commitment to effectively

discharge its responsibilities and duties.

Directors are required to bring their independent judgement to

bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s policy

to provide Directors with access to independent professional

advice at the Company’s expense in appropriate circumstances.

Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of

conferring regularly without management present, and they do

so at various times throughout the year.

The Board considers that an independent Director is a Non-

executive Director who is not a member of management and

who is free of any business or other relationship that could (or

could reasonably be perceived to) materially interfere with the

independent exercise of their judgement. The Board regularly

assesses the independence of each Director to ensure that each

Director has the capacity to bring independent judgement to

bear on issues before the Board and to act in the best interests

of Downer as a whole.

Downer’s governance framework requires each Director to

promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of interest, any

interests in contracts, other directorships or offices held, related

party transactions and any dealing in the Company’s securities.

At least one Director must retire from office at each Annual

General Meeting (AGM). No Non-executive Director can

serve more than three years without offering themselves

for re-election.

The Chairman of the Board is an independent, Non-executive

Director. He is responsible for the leadership of the Board

and for the efficient organisation and functioning of the

Board. The Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure

that a high standard of values, governance and constructive

interaction is maintained.

The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all

Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations

between Directors and the Board and management. He also

represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders and

conducts the AGM.

The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by

the same person and the division of responsibilities between

the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the

Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s

Delegations Policy.

The Board has established a number of committees to assist the

Board to effectively and efficiently execute its responsibilities. A

list of the main Board Committees and their current membership

is set out in the table below.

Board CommitteeChairmanMembers

Audit and RiskN M HollowsS A Chaplain

T G Handicott

C G Thorne

P L Watson

Zero HarmC G ThorneS A Chaplain

G A Fenn

P L Watson

Nominations and Corporate GovernanceR M HardingS A Chaplain

T G Handicott

RemunerationT G HandicottP S Garling

R M Harding

DisclosureT G HandicottG A Fenn

R M Harding

Rail ProjectsP S GarlingG A Fenn

T G Handicott

R M Harding

Tender Risk EvaluationC G ThorneG A Fenn

R M Harding

P L Watson

Annual Report 2019 137
The names of members of each committee, the number of

meetings and the attendances by each of the members of the

various committees to which they are appointed is set out in the

Directors’ Report on page 20.

The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee’s primary purpose is

to oversee tenders and contracts that exceed the delegation

of the Group CEO. The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee,

is chaired by an independent Director and comprises five

members, including the Group CEO. Meetings of the Tender

Risk Evaluation Committee are convened as required to review

tender opportunities.

The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee to oversee the practices for selection

and appointment of Directors of the Company.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s

primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling

its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board

is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the

responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading

governance practice.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has a

charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities, composition,

structure, membership requirements and the procedures for

inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. The

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter

gives the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee

access to internal and external resources, including advice

from external consultants and specialists. The Nominations and

Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, all

members of which are independent Directors, is chaired by an

independent Director and has a minimum of three members.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

–Assessing the skills and competencies required on the Board;

–Assessing the extent to which the required skills are

represented on the Board;

–Establishing processes for the review of the performance of

individual Directors and the Board as a whole;

–Establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates for

appointment to the Board (including undertaking a formal

due diligence screening process); and

–Recommending the engagement of nominated

persons as Directors.

When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate

balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is

represented on the Board. This may result in a Non-executive

Director with a longer tenure remaining in office to bring that

experience and depth of understanding to matters brought

before the Board.

Given the breadth of Downer’s service offerings across a range

of markets, the Board seeks to ensure that it maintains an

appropriate range of technical skills across engineering, geology,

construction and scientific disciplines as well as professional

services when considering the appointment of a new Director.

The Board identified that the review of major tenders, successful

delivery of major projects in an increasingly complex commercial

environment and experience in services activities were required.

It is for this reason that in undertaking the selection process

for its most recently appointed Director, the Board selected a

candidate with engineering qualifications and experience as a

CEO of an ASX listed company.

138 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

The chart below illustrates the balance achieved with the

current Board composition. The Company recognises the value

of diversity which has been a component of the appointment

process over the past few years.

Professional qualifications

Business, finance and economics

Humanities

1.02.03.04.0

Professional qualifications

0.0

5.0

Technical*

Legal

*Comprises construction, engineering, metallurgy and science.

Industry experience

1.02.03.04.0

0.05.0

Professional Services*

Transport and infrastructure

Resources

*Includes banking, finance and legal.

Te n u r e

9+

3–6

1.02.04.0

0.0

3.0

6–9

0–3

Gender diversity

Gender diversity

MaleFemale

3

5

From time to time, Downer engages external specialists to assist

with the selection process as necessary, and the Chairman,

Board and Group CEO meet with candidates as part of the

appointment process.

Nominations for re-election of Directors are reviewed by the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and

Directors are re-elected in accordance with the Downer

Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules.

As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance

practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs, including

externally facilitated periodic reviews of its performance and

that of its Committees and Directors. The last review was

completed during FY16.

The Company has formal induction procedures for both

Directors and senior executives. These induction procedures

have been developed to enable new Directors and senior

executives to gain an understanding of:

–Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk

management policies;

–The respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles of

the Board and senior executives; and

–Downer’s culture and values.

Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company

Secretary and an induction pack containing information about

Downer and its business, Board and Committee charters and

Downer Group policies. New Directors also meet with key senior

executives to gain an insight into the Company’s business

operations and the Downer Group structure.

Directors are encouraged to continually build on their exposure

to the Company’s business and a formal program of Director

site visits has been in place since 2009. Directors are also

encouraged to attend appropriate training and professional

development courses to update and enhance their skills

and knowledge and the Company Secretary regularly

organises governance and other continuing education

sessions for the Board.

The Board is provided with the information it needs to discharge

its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also have access

to the Company Secretary for all Board and governance-

related issues and the appointment and removal of the

Company Secretary is determined by the Board. The Company

Secretary is accountable to the Board, through the Chair, on all

governance matters.

Annual Report 2019 139
Principle 3: Promote ethical and responsible

decision-making

Downer’s Purpose is to create and sustain the modern

environment by building trusted relationships with our customers.

Its Promise is to work closely with our customers to help them

succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions. Downer’s

Purpose and Promise are founded on.the Pillars of Zero Harm,

Delivery, Relationships and Thought Leadership and define the

way it manages its business and are the foundations that support

Downer’s culture. An overview of the Purpose, Promise and Pillars

can be found on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour and

business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. The Downer

Standards of Business Conduct sets the ethical tone and

standards of the Company and deals with matters such as:

–Compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law;

–Workplace behaviour;

–Prohibition against bribery and corruption;

–Protection of confidential information;

–Engaging with stakeholders;

–Workplace safety;

–Diversity and inclusiveness;

–Sustainability; and

–Conflicts of interest.

Downer has a formal whistleblower policy and procedures

for reporting and investigating breaches of the Standards of

Business Conduct. This includes the Our Voice service, an

external and independent reporting service which enables

employees to anonymously report potential breaches of

the Standards of Business Conduct, including misconduct

or other unethical behaviour. Reports received through Our

Voice are investigated where appropriate, with the Company

Secretary overseeing the completion of any remedial action.

The Board is informed of material incidents reported under the

whistleblower policy.

The Standards of Business Conduct applies to all officers and

employees and is available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

Downer endorses leading governance practices and has in

place policies setting out the Company’s approach to various

matters, including:

–Securities trading (stipulating ‘closed periods’ for designated

employees and a formal process which employees must

adhere to when dealing in securities);

–The Company’s disclosure obligations (including

continuous disclosure);

–Communicating with shareholders and the general

investment community; and

–Privacy.

Downer has an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy which

expands upon the prohibition against bribery and corruption

currently contained in the Standards of Business Conduct, and

which addresses key issues such as working with government,

political donations, human rights, conducting business

internationally and gifts and benefits. The Board is informed of

material breaches of the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy.

As Downer has operations in foreign jurisdictions, Downer

employees are confronted by the challenges of doing business

in environments where bribery and corruption are real risks.

However, regardless of the country or culture within which its

people work, Downer is committed to compliance with the law,

as well as maintaining its reputation for ethical practice.

These policies are available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in

financial reporting

The Company has in place a structure of review and

authorisation which independently verifies and safeguards the

integrity of its financial reporting.

The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil its

responsibilities relating to:

–The quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing and

reporting practices of the Company with a particular

focus on the qualitative aspects of financial reporting

to shareholders;

–The Company’s risk profile and risk policies; and

–The effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal

control and framework for risk management.

The Audit and Risk Committee is structured so that it:

–Consists of only Non-executive Directors;

–Consists of a majority of independent Directors;

–Is chaired by an independent Chairman (who is not the

Chairman of the Board); and

–Has at least three members.

The Audit and Risk Committee comprises only independent

Directors, includes members who are financially literate and

has at least one member who has relevant qualifications

and experience.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the Audit and

Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities, composition, structure

and membership requirements and the procedures for inviting

non-committee members to attend meetings.

140 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the

Group CFO that the declarations provided to it in relation to the

annual and half-year financial statements, in accordance with

sections 295A and 303(4) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal

control and that the system is operating effectively in all material

respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs and is

available to answer any questions which shareholders may have

about the conduct of the external audit for the relevant financial

year and the preparation and content of the Audit Report.

Information regarding the number of times the Audit and Risk

Committee convened in FY19, together with the individual

attendances of members at the meetings, is set out in the

Directors’ Report on page 20.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Principle 5: Make timely and

balanced disclosure

The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes which

assist the Company to ensure that all investors have equal and

timely access to material information about the Company and

that Company announcements are factual and presented in a

clear and balanced way. It includes that new and substantive

investor or analyst presentations are released on the ASX Market

Announcements Platform ahead of the presentation. A copy of

the Disclosure Policy is available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for identifying

and disclosing material and market-sensitive information in

accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the ASX

Listing Rules. The Board receives copies of all material market

announcements promptly after they have been made.

Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent,

Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman of the

Board) and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee oversees

disclosure of information by the Company to the market and the

general investment community.

Principle 6: Respect the rights of shareholders

Downer empowers its shareholders by:

–Communicating effectively, openly and honestly

with shareholders;

–Giving shareholders ready access to balanced and

understandable information about the Company and

its governance;

–Making it easy for shareholders to participate in

general meetings; and

–Giving shareholders the option to receive communications

from, and send communications to, the Company and its

security registry electronically.

The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s

approach to communicating with shareholders and is available

on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Company publishes corporate information on its website

(www.downergroup.com), including Annual and Half

Year Reports, ASX announcements, investor updates and

media releases.

Downer encourages shareholder participation at members

meetings through its use of electronic communication, including

by making notices of meetings available on its website and audio

casting of general meetings and significant Group presentations.

All substantive resolutions at meetings of shareholders are

conducted by poll.

The Directors and key members of management attend the

Company’s AGMs and are available to answer questions.

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk

To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer has

various risk management policies and procedures in place that

cover (among other matters) interest rate management, foreign

exchange risk management, credit risk management, tendering

and contracting risk and project management.

Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business unit

levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests and

ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, financial

reporting, environment and workplace health and safety policies

and procedures). These controls are designed to ensure that

Downer complies with legal and regulatory requirements, as well

as community standards.

Annual Report 2019 141
Downer has a Risk Management Framework in place to enable

business risks to be identified, evaluated and managed. The

Board ratifies Downer’s approach to managing risk and oversees

Downer’s Risk Management Framework, including the Group risk

profile and the effectiveness of the systems being implemented

to manage risk. The last comprehensive review of the Risk

Management Framework was completed in 2016. However,

the Board reviews the Group risk profile twice each year and

considers other risk matters, such as business resilience, tender

review processes, risk appetite, and specific risk areas, on a

regular basis, as well as regular reports from senior management,

the internal audit team, and the external auditor.

Downer’s annual Sustainability Report provides a detailed

overview of Downer’s approach to managing its environmental

and social risks. The Sustainability Report is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Company’s internal audit function objectively evaluates and

reports on the existence, design and operating effectiveness of

internal controls. Downer’s internal audit team is independent

of the external auditor and reports to the Audit and

Risk Committee.

Downer’s Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board in

its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk policies, the

effectiveness of the systems of internal control and Risk

Management Framework and Downer’s compliance with

applicable legal and regulatory obligations. The Audit and Risk

Committee Charter is available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

Management reports regularly to the Audit and Risk Committee

on the effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material

business risks and on the progress of mitigation treatments.

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee and has

adopted the Remuneration Committee Charter which sets out its

role and responsibilities, composition, structure and membership

requirements and the procedures for inviting non-committee

members to attend meetings.

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and

making recommendations to the Board about:

–Executive remuneration and incentive policies;

–The remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance

measurement and termination policies and procedures for all

senior executives reporting directly to the Group CEO;

–Executive and equity-based incentive plans; and

–Superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.

Remuneration of the Group CEO, Executive Directors and

Non-Executive Directors forms part of the responsibilities

of the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior

executives to pursue the long-term growth and success of

the Company and prescribes a relationship between the

performance and remuneration of senior executives.

The Remuneration Committee is structured so that it:

–Consists of a majority of independent Directors;

–Is chaired by an independent Director; and

–Has at least three members.

The Executive Director is not a member of the

Remuneration Committee.

The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders that can

be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2.0 million per annum.

This cap was approved by shareholders on 30 October 2008.

Further details about remuneration paid to Non-executive

Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report at page 22.

Retirement benefits are not paid to Non-executive Directors.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity

incentive schemes.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and senior

executives is designed to achieve a balance between fixed and

variable remuneration taking into account the performance of

the individual and the performance of the Company. Executive

Directors receive payment of equity-based remuneration as

short-term and long-term incentives.

Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited from

entering into transactions in associated products which limit the

economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements under

any of the Company’s equity-based remuneration schemes, as

set out in the Securities Trading Policy. A copy of the Securities

Trading Policy is available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors

and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration Report

at page 22 and details of Downer shares beneficially owned by

Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report at page 6.

142 Downer EDI Limited
Downer shareholders

Downer had 21,270 ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2019, of

which 19,547 shareholders had a registered address in Australia.

The largest shareholder, HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia)

Limited, held 30.14% of the 594,702,512 fully paid ordinary shares

issued at that date.

Securities exchange listing

Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)

under the “Downer EDI” market call code 3965, with ASX code

DOW, and is a foreign exempt issuer on the New Zealand

Exchange with the ticker code DOW NZ.

Company information

The Company’s website www.downergroup.com offers

comprehensive information about Downer and its services.

The site also contains news releases and announcements to

the ASX and NZX, financial presentations, Annual Reports,

Half Year Reports and company newsletters. Downer printed

communications for shareholders include the Annual Report

which is available on request.

Dividends

Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to a range

of circumstances within the business operations of Downer

including operating profit and capital requirements. The level of

franking on dividends is dependent on the level of taxes paid to

the Australian Taxation Office by Downer and its incorporated

joint ventures.

Dividends are paid in Australian dollars, other than for

shareholders with a registered address in New Zealand, who

receive dividends in New Zealand dollars unless an election

is made to receive payment in Australian dollars by providing

Australian bank account details.

International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global

Payments System to receive dividend payments in the currency

of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.

Dividend reinvestment plan

Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism

to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the

Company without the usual costs associated with share

acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are available

from the Company’s website or the Easy Update website at

www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Share registry

Shareholders and investors seeking information about Downer

shareholdings or dividends should contact the Company’s

share registry, Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd

(Computershare):

Level 3

60 Carrington Street

Sydney NSW 2000

GPO Box 2975

Melbourne VIC 3001

Tel: 1300 556 161 (within Australia)

+61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia)

Fax: 1300 534 987 (within Australia)

+61 3 9473 2408 (outside Australia)

www.computershare.com

Shareholders must give their holder number (SRN/HIN) when

making inquiries. This number is recorded on issuer sponsored

and CHESS statements.

Updating your shareholder details

Shareholders can update their details (including bank accounts,

DRP elections, tax file numbers and email addresses) online at

www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders will require their holder number (SRN/HIN) and

postcode to access this site.

Tax file number information

Providing your tax file number to Downer is not compulsory.

However, for shareholders who have not supplied their tax file

number, Downer is required to deduct tax at the top marginal

rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked dividends paid to

investors residing in Australia. For more information please

contact Computershare.

Lost issuer sponsored statement

You are advised to contact Computershare immediately,

in writing, if your issuer sponsored statement has been

lost or stolen.

Information for Investors

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Annual Report 2019 143
Annual Report mailing list

Shareholders must elect to receive a Downer Annual Report

by writing to Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd at the

address provided. Alternatively, shareholders may choose to

receive this publication electronically.

Change of address

So that we can keep you informed, and protect your interests in

Downer, it is important that you inform Computershare of any

change of your registered address.

Registered office and principal

administration office

Downer EDI Limited

Level 2, Triniti III

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

Tel: +61 2 9468 9700

Fax: +61 2 9813 8915

Auditor

KPMG

International Towers Sydney 3

300 Barangaroo Avenue

Sydney NSW 2000

Australian securities exchange information as at 30 June 2019

Number of holders of equity securities:

Ordinary share capital

594,702,512 fully paid listed ordinary shares were held by 21,270 shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote per share.

Substantial shareholders

The following shareholders have notified that they are substantial shareholders of Downer as at 30 June 2019.

Shareholders

Ordinary

shares held

% of issued

shares

AustralianSuper Pty Ltd48,746,4668.20

Dimensional Fund Advisors3 5 ,958 ,4736.05

FIL Limited30,859,8965.19

Ausbil Investment Management Limited29,840,3765.02

Vinva Investment Management29,742 ,4785.00

Distribution of holders of quoted equity securities

Shareholder distribution of quoted equity securities as at 30 June 2019 is as follows.

Range of holdings

Number of

shareholdersShareholders %

Ordinary shares

held

Shares

%

1 – 1,00011,62454.665,108,1630.86

1,001 – 5,0007,5453 5 .4717,145,1012.88

5,001 – 10,0001,2816.029,124,9281.53

10,001 – 100,0007663.6016,177,6152.72

100,001 and over54 0.255 47,146,70592.01

To t a l

21,270594,702,512100.00

Holding less than a marketable parcel of shares844

144 Downer EDI Limited
Twenty largest shareholders

Downer’s 20 largest shareholders of ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 June 2019 are as follows.

ShareholdersShares held% of issued shares

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 179,250,19330.14

Chase Manhattan Nominees Limited 173,614,30329.19

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited80,133,92913 .47

National Nominees Limited 52,378,1958.81

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending DRP A/C>15,377,5072.59

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd <DRP>12,414,7032.09

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <NT- Commonwealth Super Corp A/C> 6,438,7261.08

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending Collateral>3,822,0000.64

CPU Share Plans Pty Limited 3,730,0600.63

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Colonial First State Inv A/C>3,507,9990.59

Argo Investments Ltd2,659,5380.45

AMP Life Ltd2,113,6270.36

Sandhurst Trustees Ltd <Harper Bernays Ltd A/C>1,799,7600.30

Mr Grant Fenn961,4780.16

Mr Barry Sydney Patterson + Mrs Glenice Margaret Patterson 891,6420.15

Bainpro Nominees Pty Limited639,9690.11

National Nominees Limited <DB A/C>454,2730.08

Navigator Australia Ltd <MLC Investment Sett A/C>417,04 30.07

BNP Paribus Noms (NZ) Ltd <DRP>390,1980.07

Navigator Australia Ltd <SMA JB Were Income A/C>37 7,15 40.06

Total for top 20 shareholders

5 41, 372 , 29791.04

Information for Investors – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Sovereign A2 Silk is proudly made
FSC® certified by Hankuk paper

who also carry the ISO 14001 EMS

accreditation and it’s manufactured

with elemental chlorine free pulps.

www.downergroup.com


Page 1 of 3



Media/ASX and NZX Release

22 August 2019


UNDERLYING NPATA UP 14.7% TO $340.1 MILLION

STATUTORY NPATA UP FROM $117.9 MILLION TO $325.6 MILLION

Downer EDI Limited (Downer) today announced its financial results for the 12 months to 30 June

2019. The highlights are set out below.

 Underlying NPATA (net profit after tax and before amortisation of acquired intangible assets) of

$340.1 million, up 14.7% from underlying NPATA of $296.5 million in the prior corresponding

period and $5.1 million higher than guidance of $335 million.


 Statutory NPATA of $325.6 million, with a $17million fair value gain offset by the $31.5 million

after tax loss relating to the Murra Warra Wind Farm.


 Underlying NPAT (net profit after tax) of $290.8 million, up 16.5%.


 Total revenue of $13.45 billion, up 6.6%.


 Operating cash flow of $630.2 million, representing cash conversion of 89.0% of EBITDA

(earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation).


 Group underlying EBITA margin of 4.2%, up 0.4%.


 Work-in-hand of $44.3 billion, up from $43.5 billion at 31 December 2018.


 Final dividend 14 cents per share (50% franked); total dividends 28 cents per share, up 3.7%.


All the figures above include 100% contribution from Spotless, before minority interests.


The Chief Executive Officer of Downer, Grant Fenn, said the Group’s operational and financial

performance featured good revenue growth, a strong increase in earnings, and an improved Group

EBITA margin. Downer’s cash performance remains strong, predictable and reliable with Group

cash flow conversion of 89.0% of EBITDA.


“Our Urban Services businesses – Transport, Utilities and Facilities – are continuing to grow and

there is a strong pipeline of opportunities across all the markets in which we operate,” Mr Fenn

said. “There has been a recovery in the mining and resources sector over the past 12 months and

this drove revenue growth for our Mining, Energy and Industrials businesses.”

Downer reports its financial results under five service lines and the performance of each service

line, compared with the prior corresponding period, is summarised below.


Downer EDI Limited

ABN 97 003 872 848

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

1800 DOW NER

www.downergroup.com


Page 2 of 3


Urban Services

Transport Utilities

Total revenue of $4.3 billion, down 2.8% Total revenue of $2.5 billion, up 25.0%

EBITA of $242.4 million, up 22.5% EBITA of $136.1 million, up 19.1%

Work-in-hand of $17.7 billion Work-in-hand of $4.6 billion


Facilities

Total revenue of $3.4 billion, down 0.8%

EBITA of $170.5 million, up 2.3%

Work-in-hand of $16.6 billion


Mining, Energy and Industrials

Mining Engineering, Construction & Maintenance

Total revenue of $1.5 billion, up 8.8% Total revenue of $1.7 billion, up 23.7%

EBITA of $76.7 million, up 52.2% EBITA of $33.3 million, down 8.3%

Work-in-hand of $2.9 billion Work-in-hand of $2.5 billion


New Royal Adelaide Hospital

Spotless has reached agreement with the South Australian Government and Celsus in relation to

the delivery of services by Spotless at the new Royal Adelaide Hospital. The term sheet, which

remains subject to various approvals, includes:

 settlement of historic abatement claims;

 a revised KPI and abatement regime;

 an increase to Spotless’ monthly service fee; and

 initiatives to further reduce costs and improve patient care.


The settlement agreement, once formalised, will take financial effect from 1 July 2019. The

additional service fee will be paid from 1 July 2019 up until June 2022 when there will be a re-

pricing process in accordance with the subcontract terms.

Safety

Downer reported a Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate of 0.57 per million hours worked for the 2019

financial year and a Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate of 2.70 per million hours worked.

Dividend

The Downer Board resolved to pay a final dividend of 14 cents per share, 50% franked, payable on

2 October 2019 to shareholders on the register at 4 September 2019. Total dividends were

28 cents per share, up from 27 cents per share in the prior year. The unfranked portion of the

dividend (50%) will be paid out of Conduit Foreign Income. The company’s Dividend Reinvestment

Plan (DRP) remains suspended and will not operate for this dividend.



Page 3 of 3


Portfolio review

Downer’s shareholder value proposition focuses on driving growth in service-oriented businesses

while serving high quality customers and maintaining disciplined cost and capital efficiency. To

support this, Downer is undertaking a review to determine whether there are opportunities to

enhance the alignment of its portfolio.


An important area of focus for the review is Downer’s Mining business and the review will consider

strategies that could unlock value for shareholders.


Downer’s Mining business is a leader in Australia with a strong and proven track record. Its new

management team has driven financial performance in the 2019 financial year, with additional

benefits to be delivered in future years. Mining is well positioned to capitalise on its strong market

position and pipeline of work to deliver significant earnings growth and improved returns.


Downer will keep shareholders informed of the progress of the review.


Outlook

Downer is targeting NPATA of around $365 million before minority interests for the 2020 financial

year.







For further information please contact:

Michael Sharp, Group Head of Corporate Affairs and Investor Relations +61 439 470 145


About Downer

Downer is the leading provider of integrated services in Australia and New Zealand and customers are at the

heart of everything it does. It exists to create and sustain the modern environment and its promise is to work

closely with its customers to help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions to design, build

and sustain assets, infrastructure and facilities. Downer employs more than 53,000 people across more than

300 sites, primarily in Australia and New Zealand, but also in the Asia-Pacific region, South America and

Southern Africa. It also owns 88 per cent of Spotless Group Holdings Limited. For more information visit

downergroup.com


Downer Group
Investor Presentation

Full Year Results

22 August 2019

2
Outlook

Earnings growthCash conversion

Margin growth

14.7% Underlying

1

NPATA growth v FY18

Operating cash flow

of $630.2m

Cash conversion of

89.0%

Dividends 28cps, up

from 27cps

Group underlying

1

EBITA margin of 4.2%,

up 0.4% v FY18

ROFE of 13.7%, up

2.2% v FY18

Total revenue

2

$m

Underlying

1

NPATA$m

Operating Cash Flow $m

1.UnderlyingEBITA and NPATA are non-IFRS measures that are used by Management to assess the performance of the business. They have been calculated from the statutory measures by adding back the MurraWarra wind farm loss of

$45.0m ($31.5m after-tax) and deducting the fair value gain on revaluation of the existing interest in the Downer Mouchel JV ($17.0 million; $17.0m after-tax).

2.Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures, other allianc es and other income.

Downer’s statutory results are reported under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). NPATA is a non-IFRS measure. Downer’s amortis ation of acquired intangibles has a material impact on reported earnings. Amortisation is a

non-cash charge and management believes that the exclusion of the amortisation of acquired intangibles from NPAT better reflectsthe underlying performance of Downer.

•All figures above and throughout the presentation include 100% contribution from Spotless, before minority interests, unless stated otherwis e.

2020 Outlook:

$365 million NPATA,

growth of 7.3%

340.1

296.5

-

50.0

100.0

150.0

200.0

250.0

300.0

350.0

400.0

FY19FY18

630.2

583.3

-

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

FY19FY18

13,448.3

12,620.2

0

2,000

4,000

6,000

8,000

10,000

12,000

14,000

FY19FY18

+6.6% v FY18

+14.7% v FY18

+8.0% v FY18

Strong operational and financial performance

Underlying NPATA $340.1m

(v. guidance of $335m)

Statutory NPATA

$325.6m

EBITA margin

+0.4% v FY18

4.2%

3.8%

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

FY19FY18

11.6%
5.1%

25.9%

20.6%

36.8%

Urban Services

Mining, Energy and Industrial Services

Mining EBITA +52.2%

Facilities EBITA +2.3%

Utilities EBITA +19.1%

Transport EBITA +22.5%

Strong growth for Urban Services

Rebound in Mining Services

76%

Revenue

83%

EBITA

1

24%

Revenue

17%

EBITA

1

3.5%

EBITA margin

5.4%

EBITA margin

EC&M EBITA -8.3%

Transport

Mining

EC&M

Facilities

Utilities

1

Chart split based on FY19 EBITA (excludes unallocated corporate costs).

3

242.4

197.9

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

FY19FY18

170.5

166.7

0

50

100

150

200

FY19FY18

76.7

50.4

0

20

40

60

80

100

FY19FY18

33.3

36.3

0

10

20

30

40

FY19FY18

Continuing to increase work-in-hand: $44.3 billion
4

88% Urban Services

12% Mining, Energy & Industrials

6.5%

5.5%

37.5%

10.5%

40.0%

Transport

Mining

EC&M

Facilities

Utilities

44.3

43.5

42.0

Jun-19Dec-18Jun-18

Work-in -hand $bn

5
New Royal Adelaide Hospital

Performance continues to improve

Agreement reached with South Australian Government and Celsus(SPV)

The term sheet, which remains subject to approvals, includes:

osettlement of historical abatement claims

orevised KPI and abatement regime

oincrease in Spotless monthly service fee

oinitiatives to further reduce costs and improve patient care

The agreement, once formalised, will take effect from 1 July 2019

The additional service fee will be paid from 1 July 2019 up until June 2022 when there will be a

re-pricing process in accordance with the sub-contract terms

6
Spotless

Multi-billion dollar pipeline of new opportunities driven by macro-economic trends of increasing

urbanisation, growing population and government outsourcing

Leading positions in Health, Education, Justice, Defence, Critical Infrastructure, Hospitality

Continuing to strengthen business:

onew management team

orestructure to better align with customers and markets

oCentres of Excellence driving consistency of delivery, improved quality, innovation, and

future growth

omore robust governance and risk management

Revenue and cost synergies with Downer

Consistent cash flow, cash conversion, and stable earnings

7% reduction in net debt

$16.4 billion of work-in-hand

Group
financials

7

8
Underlying financial performance

$mFY19FY18

Change

(%)

Total revenue

1

13,448.312,620.26.6

EBITDA

850.2783.18.6

EBITA

2

560.6479.616.9

EBIT

490.2412.918.7

Netinterestexpense

(82.4)(76.3)(8.0)

Taxexpense

(117.0)(86.9)(34.6)

Netprofitaftertax

290.8249.716.5

N PATA

2

340.1296.514.7

EBITA margin

4.2%

3.8%

0.4%

Effective taxrate

28.7%

25.8%

2.9%

ROFE

3

13.7%11.5%

2.2%

Dividenddeclared(cps)28.027.03.7

Ordinary dividend payoutratio

4

52.5%55.7%(3.2)%

Revenue up 6.6% to $13.4bn

driven by Utilities (25.0%),

EC&M (23.7%), Mining (8.8%)

Group underlying EBITA margin

4.2%, up 0.4%

Total dividends 28cps, up 3.7%

1

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures and

other allianc es and other income.

2

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back

acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY19 $70.4m, $49.3m after-tax.

(FY18: $66.7m, $46.8m after-tax)

3

ROFE = 12 month rolling underlying EBITA divided by average funds employed (AFE);

AFE = Average Opening and Closing Net Debt + Equity

4

Ordinary dividend payout ratio = Dividends divided by (Statutory NPATA of $325.6m

less ROADS dividend $8.3m).

9
Reconciliation of Underlying and Statutory NPATA

to guidance

$m

Statutory NPATA guidance provided at half year results352.0

Subtract fair value gain on revaluation of existing interest in

Downer Mouchel JV

(17.0)

Underlying NPATA guidance from half year results335.0

Reported underlying NPATA340.1

Add back fair value gain on revaluation of existing interest in

Downer Mouchel JV17.0

Subtract MurraWarra wind farm loss (after tax)

(31.5)

Statutory NPATA325.6

Unallocated Costs (Corporate Costs)
10

$mFY19FY18

Corporate costs(98.4)(86.0)

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets(47.0)(48.2)

MurraWarra wind farm loss(45.0)-

FV gain on revaluation of existing interests in Downer Mouchel JV

1

17.0-

Mining goodwill impairment-(76.4)

Divestment of Freight Rail-(50.2)

Auburn Rail claim-(25.0)

Divisional merger costs-(28.5)

Spotless transaction related costs-(28.0)

Total unallocated(173.4)(342.3)

1.Refer to Note F2 of the Full Year Financial Report for further information on FV gain on revaluation of existing interest in Downer Mouchel JV (DMJV).

Operating cash flow
11

$mFY19FY18Change (%)

Underlying EBIT

490.2412.918.7

Add: depreciation and

amortisation

360.0370.2(2.8)

Underlying EBITDA

850.2783.18.6

Operating cash flow

630.2583.38.0

Add: Net interest paid

1

70.970.21.0

Add: Tax paid

55.956.0(0.2)

Adjusted operating cash flow

757.0709.56.7

EBITDA conversion

89.0%90.6%(1.6)

Eighth year of cash flow conversion in excess

of 88% of EBITDA

Spotless conversion 84.2% of EBITDA

(excluding nRAH)

Limited receivables factoring:

oto better match cash flows where customer

payment terms >60 days

oonly two customers with c.$90m in

receivables factored at 30 June 2019

olower cost than committed debt facilities

No reverse factoring of payables

1. Interest and other costs of finance paid minus interest received.

Cash flow
12

$mFY19FY18Change (%)

Total operating

630.2583.3

8.0

Net capital expenditure

(395.1)(360.7)

(9.5)

Spotless acquisition

1

-(391.8)

100.0

Other acquisitions

(71.5)(84.1)

15.0

IT systems upgrade

(32.4)(20.4)

(58.8)

Proceeds on sale of business

-134.1

(100.0)

Loans to JVs and other

(10.7)(6.7)

(59.7)

Total investing

(509.7)(729.6)

30.1

Issue of shares (net of costs)

-(0.2)

100.0

Net proceeds of borrowings

155.169.2

>100.0

Dividends paid

(174.9)(156.7)

(11.6)

Total financing

(19.8)(87.7)

77.4

Net increase / (decrease) in cash

100.7(234.0)

>100.0

Cash at 30 June

710.7606.2

17.2

Total liquidity

1,777.71,531.2

16.1%

Continued investment in growth and strategic

bolt-on acquisitions

Continued strong liquidity to fund future growth

1

Gross consideration paid to achieve 87.8% interest in Spotless.

Balance sheet and capital management
13

Strong Balance Sheet position

Gearing remains in target range

Reduction in net assets and

increase in gearing primarily a result

of adoption of AASB15

Credit metrics remain strong and

well within thresholds

$mJun-19Jun-18

Current assets

3,164.73,133.6

Non-current assets

4,843.34,654.6

- Goodwill

2,454.52,351.5

- Acquired intangible assets

418.3458.0

-PP&E, Software and other

1,970.51,845.1

Total liabilities

(4,957.8)(4,583.1)

Net Assets

3,050.23,205.1

Net Debt

1

(1,012.6)(940.0)

Gearing: net debt / net debt plus equity

24.9%22.7%

Net debt / EBITDA1.21.2

Adjusted Net Debt / Adjusted EBITDAR

2

2.17x2.23x

1

Adjusted for the marked-to-market derivatives and deferred finance charges

2

Adjusted Net Debt includes Net Debt plus 6x operating lease expenses in the year. Adjusted EBITDAR equals underlying earningsbefore interest, tax, depreciation, amortis ation and operating lease expens e (on a rolling 12

month basis).

Debt maturity profile (Downer and Spotless)
14

Weighted average debt duration of 3.6

years

1

(4.0 years at 30 June 2018)

A$300m MTN issue in April 2019

Diversified funding sources

Improvement in both key credit metrics

since Jun-18

Spotless net debt continues to reduce

MetricJun-19Jun-18

Interestcover

7.0x6.3x

AdjustedNet Debt/ Adjusted

EBITDAR

2

2.17x2.23x

1

Based on the weighted average life of debt facilities (by A$mlimit).

2

Adjusted Net Debt includes Net Debt plus 6x operating lease expenses in the year. Adjusted EBITDAR equals underlying earningsbefore interest, tax, depreciation, amortis ation and operating lease expens e (on a rolling 12 month basis).

Net debt ($m)Jun-19Jun-18

Downer

324.2198.7

Spotless

688.4741.3

Group

1,012.6940.0

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

Jun-20Jun-21Jun-22Jun-23Jun-24Jun-25Jun-26Jun-27Jun-28Jun-29Jun-30Jun-31Jun-32Jun-33

A$m

Syndicated bank facilitiesUSPPJPY MTNA$ MTNBilateral bank facilitiesOther

AASB 16 – Leases
15

Effective from 1 July 2019, new disclosure from FY20 onwards

Most significant changes are to bring the majority of operating leases on balance sheet and to recognise

the interest expense component of these leases

FY20 outlook takes into account AASB 16:

oMinimal FY20 NPATA impact

oSignificant increase in EBITDA

oSignificant increase in depreciation and interest expense

Estimated balance sheet impact on transition (1 July 2019, modified retrospective approach applied):

o$720-770m increase in lease liability (lower than the 6x annual operating lease expense)

o$560-610m increase in Right of Use Assets (net of onerous lease provision and lease incentives)

Downer is working collaboratively with its financiers and credit rating agency

Outcome of initial analysis disclosed in Note G1 New accounting standards of the FY19 Annual Report

Outlook
HY19 Financial Results

16

Shareholder value proposition
Aligned to growing

markets and serving

quality customers

Strategic capital

allocation, cost and

capital efficiency

Consistently growing

EPS and DPS

Increasing EPS and

maintaining a 50% -

60% payout ratio

Business

growth

Efficient use

of capital

Shareholder

value

TSR growth through

continued delivery

Maintaining a strong

balance sheet and

credit rating

Continue strong

operating cash flow

discipline

Increased exposure to

low capital, service

oriented businesses

Strategic acquisitions

Portfolio Review –

Mining

Reduce debt, strengthen

balance sheet

Improve operating margins

and ROFE

Leveraged to buoyant

economicand social

infrastructure markets

Growing exposure to

Urban Services

Selective acquisitions in

Urban Services

Sustainable

operations

Safety – Zero Harm is

embedded in

Downer’s culture

Environmentally

responsible

operations

Supporting our

communities

Continue to improvesafety

performance and employee

wellbeing

Provide environmentally

responsible and sustainable

solutions for our customers

Actively support our people

and the success of our

communities

17

Outlook
18

Downer is targeting NPATA of around $365 million before minority

interests for the 2020 financial year.

Supplementary
information

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation

19

20
Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA marginROFE

(2.8)% v FY18+22.5% v FY18+1.2% v FY18+5.1% v FY18

5.6%

4.3%

4.4%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

FY19HY19FY18

26.4%

21.3%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

FY19FY18

4,348.3

4,471.3

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

5,000

FY19FY18

242.4

197.9

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

FY19FY18

Transport

Revenue $mEBITA marginROFE

+25.0% v FY18+19.1% v FY18(0.3%) v FY18+1.2% v FY18

5.4%

5.3%

5.7%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

FY19HY19FY18

29.4%

28.2%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

FY19FY18

2,506.7

2,004.9

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

FY19FY18

136.1

114.3

0

50

100

150

FY19FY18

EBITA $m

Utilities

21
Facilities

Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA marginROFE

(0.8)% v FY182.3% v FY180.1% v FY18+1.8% v FY18

5.0%4.9%4.9%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

FY19HY19FY18

18.7%

16.9%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

FY19FY18

3,392.7

3,421.2

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

FY19FY18

170.5

166.7

0

50

100

150

200

FY19FY18

22
Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA marginROFE

+8.8% v FY18+52.2% v FY18+1.5% v FY18+5.9% v FY18

Mining

5.2%5.2%

3.7%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

FY19HY19FY18

14.5%

8.6%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

FY19FY18

1,478.5

1,358.4

0

500

1000

1500

2000

FY19FY18

76.7

50.4

0

20

40

60

80

100

FY19FY18

EC&M

Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA marginROFE

+23.7% v FY18(8.3)% v FY18(0.6)% v FY180.6% v FY18

2.0%

2.4%

2.6%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

FY19HY19FY18

23.1%

22.5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

FY19FY18

1,704.6

1,377.7

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

FY19FY18

33.3

36.3

0

10

20

30

40

FY19FY18

23
Segment reporting

FY19

$m

TransportUtilities

Facilities

EC&MMiningUnallocatedTotal

Segment revenue3,775.72,506.73,384.71,704.61,423.517.512,812.7

Share of sales from JVs and

Associates

572.6-8.0-55.0-635.6

Total revenue

1

4,348.32,506.73,392.71,704.61,478.517.513,448.3

EBITDA301.3150.9248.742.7190.9(84.3)850.2

EBITA

2

242.4136.1170.533.376.7(98.4)560.6

EBIT234.1132.9158.633.376.7(145.4)490.2

Fair value gain on DMJV-----17.017.0

MurraWarra loss-----(45.0)(45.0)

Statutory EBIT234.1132.9158.633.376.7(173.4)462.2

EBITA margin5.6%5.4%5.0%2.0%5.2%4.2%

Net interest expense(82.4)

Tax expense(103.5)

Statutory Net profit after tax276.3

NPATA

2

325.6

Underlying NPAT290.8

Underlying NPATA340.1

1.Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures, other allianc es and other income.

2.Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY19 $70.4m, $49.3m after-tax. (FY18: $66.7m, $46.8m after-tax)

.

Reconciliation of Facilities to Spotless result
24

FY19

$m

Facilities

segment

Less:

Hawkins

Building

Add:

Spotless

Utilities

Spotless

Total Revenue

1

3,392.7(525.7)167.13,034.1

EBITA

2

170.5(9.2)8.7170.0

EBIT

158.6(8.3)8.7159.0

EBITA margin

5.0%1.7%5.2%5.6%

Net Interest Expense

(39.2)

Tax Expense

(35.8)

NPAT

84.0

NPATA

2

91.7

1.Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures and other alliances and other income.

2.Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Spotle ss FY19 $11.0m, $7.7m after-tax.

Debt and bonding facilities
25

Debt facilities $mDOWSPOGroup

Total limit1,722.01,068.32,790.3

Drawn(925.0)(798.3)(1,723.3)

Available797.0270.01,067.0

Cash600.8109.9710.7

Total liquidity1,397.8379.91,777.7

Net debt324.2688.41,012.6

Bonding facilities $mDOWSPOGroup

Total limit1,933.1210.02,143.1

Drawn(1,169.6)(153.6)(1,323.2)

Available763.556.4819.9

2.8x2.8x

2.6x

FY18HY19FY19

SPOTLESS DEBT COVENANTS

Net Leverage

< 3.5x

7.5x

7.4x

8.0x

FY18HY19FY19

> 3.0x

Interest Cover

25

Focus on lifecycle asset services
26

2 years5 years10 years15 years20 years

Engineering

Procurement

Construction

Maintenance

Operating

Supply

Revenue

Margin

Downer is focused on winning and delivering secure, long term contractual service revenue

and leveraging its expertise to drive margin expansion over time

Long term, predictable revenue with opportunities for top-line growth

Ability to improve margin through operational efficiencies and innovation over time

Lower risk to margin compared to construction

Servicing

Selective participation

Focus on O&M markets

Downer Group
Investor Presentation

Full Year Results

22 August 2019

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 1

Rules 4.7.3 and 4.10.3

1


Appendix 4G

Key to Disclosures

Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

Introduced 01/07/14 Amended 02/11/15

Name of entity

Downer EDI Limited

ABN / ARBN


Financial year ended:

97 003 872 848 30 June 2019


Our corporate governance statement

2

for the above period above can be found at:

3




These pages of our annual report: Pages 127 to 135


This URL on our website:

The Corporate Governance Statement is accurate and up to date as at [insert effective date of

statement] and has been approved by the board.

The annexure includes a key to where our corporate governance disclosures can be located.

Date: 22 August 2019

Name of Director or Secretary authorising

lodgement:

Robert John Regan



1

Under Listing Rule 4.7.3, an entity must lodge with ASX a completed Appendix 4G at the same time as it lodges its annual

report with ASX.

Listing Rule 4.10.3 requires an entity that is included in the official list as an ASX Listing to include in its annual report either a

corporate governance statement that meets the requirements of that rule or the URL of the page on its website where such a

statement is located. The corporate governance statement must disclose the extent to which the entity has followed the

rec ommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council during the reporting period. If the entity has not followed a

recommendation for any part of the reporting period, its corporate governance statement must separately identify that

recommendation and the period during which it was not followed and state its reasons for not following the recommendation and

what (if any) alternative governance practices it adopted in lieu of the recommendation during that period.

Under Listing Rule 4.7.4, if an entity chooses to include its corporate governance statement on its website rather than in its

annual report, it must lodge a copy of the corporate governance statement with ASX at the same time as it lodges its annual

report with ASX. The corporate governance statement must be current as at the effective date specified in that statement for the

purposes of rule 4.10.3.

2

“Corporate governance statement” is defined in Listing Rule 19.12 to mean the statement referred to in Listing Rule 4.10.3

which discloses the extent to which an entity has followed the recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council

during a particular reporting period.

3

Mark whichever option is correct and then complete the page number(s) of the annual report, or the URL of the web page,

where the entity’s corporate governance statement can be found. You can, if you wish, delete the option which is not applicable.

Throughout this form, where you are given two or more options to select, you can, if you wish, delete any option which is not

applicable and just retain the option that is applicable. If you select an option that includes “OR” at the end of the selection and

you delete the other options, you can also, if you wish, delete the “OR” at the end of the selection.

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 2

ANNEXURE – KEY TO CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DISCLOSURES


Corporate Governance Council recommendation

We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


PRINCIPLE 1 – LAY SOLID FOUNDATIONS FOR MANAGEMENT AND OVERSIGHT

1.1

A listed entity should disclose:

(a) the respective roles and responsibilities of its board and

management; and

(b) those matters expressly reserved to the board and those

delegated to management.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and information about the respective roles and responsibilities of

our board and management (including those matters expressly

reserved to the board and those delegated to management):

☐ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Board-

Charter.pdf


☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.2

A listed entity should:

(a) undertake appropriate checks before appointing a person, or

putting forward to security holders a candidate for election,

as a director; and

(b) provide security holders with all material information in its

possession relevant to a decision on whether or not to elect

or re-elect a director.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.3

A listed entity should have a written agreement with each director

and senior executive setting out the terms of their appointment.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.4

The company secretary of a listed entity should be accountable

directly to the board, through the chair, on all matters to do with the

proper functioning of the board.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable



4

If you have followed all of the Council’s recommendations in full for the whole of the period above, you can, if you wish, delete this column from the form and re-format it.

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 3

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


1.5

A listed entity should:

(a) have a diversity policy which includes requirements for the

board or a relevant committee of the board to set

measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity and to

assess annually both the objectives and the entity’s progress

in achieving them;

(b) disclose that policy or a summary of it; and

(c) disclose as at the end of each reporting period the

measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set by

the board or a relevant committee of the board in accordance

with the entity’s diversity policy and its progress towards

achieving them and either:

(1) the respective proportions of men and women on the

board, in senior executive positions and across the

whole organisation (including how the entity has defined

“senior executive” for these purposes); or

(2) if the entity is a “relevant employer” under the Workplace

Gender Equality Act, the entity’s most recent “Gender

Equality Indicators”, as defined in and published under

that Act.

... the fact that we have a diversity policy that complies with

paragraph (a):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and a copy of our diversity policy or a summary of it:

☐ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Board_P

olicies/Group-Diversity-and-Inclusiveness-Policy.pdf


... and the measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set by

the board or a relevant committee of the board in accordance with our

diversity policy and our progress towards achieving them:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and the information referred to in paragraphs (c)(1) or (2):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.6

A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a process for periodically evaluating the

performance of the board, its committees and individual

directors; and

(b) disclose, in relation to each reporting period, whether a

performance evaluation was undertaken in the reporting

period in accordance with that process.

... the evaluation process referred to in paragraph (a):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and the information referred to in paragraph (b):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.7

A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a process for periodically evaluating the

performance of its senior executives; and

(b) disclose, in relation to each reporting period, whether a

performance evaluation was undertaken in the reporting

period in accordance with that process.

... the evaluation process referred to in paragraph (a):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and the information referred to in paragraph (b):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 4

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


PRINCIPLE 2 - STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO ADD VALUE

2.1

The board of a listed entity should:

(a) have a nomination committee which:

(1) has at least three members, a majority of whom are

independent directors; and

(2) is chaired by an independent director,

and disclose:

(3) the charter of the committee;

(4) the members of the committee; and

(5) as at the end of each reporting period, the number of

times the committee met throughout the period and

the individual attendances of the members at those

meetings; or

(b) if it does not have a nomination committee, disclose that

fact and the processes it employs to address board

succession issues and to ensure that the board has the

appropriate balance of skills, knowledge, experience,

independence and diversity to enable it to discharge its

duties and responsibilities effectively.

[If the entity complies with paragraph (a):]

... the fact that we have a nomination committee that complies with

paragraphs (1) and (2):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and a copy of the charter of the committee:

☐ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/pdf/Nomination-

and-Corporate-Governance-Committee-Charter.pdf


... and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

[If the entity complies with paragraph (b):]

... the fact that we do not have a nomination committee and the

processes we employ to address board succession issues and to

ensure that the board has the appropriate balance of skills,

knowledge, experience, independence and diversity to enable it to

discharge its duties and responsibilities effectively:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


2.2

A listed entity should have and disclose a board skills matrix

setting out the mix of skills and diversity that the board currently

has or is looking to achieve in its membership.

... our board skills matrix:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 5

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


2.3

A listed entity should disclose:

(a) the names of the directors considered by the board to be

independent directors;

(b) if a director has an interest, position, association or

relationship of the type described in Box 2.3 but the board

is of the opinion that it does not compromise the

independence of the director, the nature of the interest,

position, association or relationship in question and an

explanation of why the board is of that opinion; and

(c) the length of service of each director.

... the names of the directors considered by the board to be

independent directors:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2019 Annual Report – Directors’ Report

... and, where applicable, the information referred to in paragraph (b):

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2019 Annual Report – Directors’ Report

... and the length of service of each director:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2019 Annual Report – Directors’ Report

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


2.4

A majority of the board of a listed entity should be independent

directors.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


2.5

The chair of the board of a listed entity should be an independent

director and, in particular, should not be the same person as the

CEO of the entity.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


2.6

A listed entity should have a program for inducting new directors

and provide appropriate professional development opportunities

for directors to develop and maintain the skills and knowledge

needed to perform their role as directors effectively.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 6

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


PRINCIPLE 3 – ACT ETHICALLY AND RESPONSIBLY

3.1

A listed entity should:

(a) have a code of conduct for its directors, senior executives

and employees; and

(b) disclose that code or a summary of it.

... our code of conduct or a summary of it:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Board_Po

andards-of-Business-Conduct.pdf


☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 7

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


PRINCIPLE 4 – SAFEGUARD INTEGRITY IN CORPORATE REPORTING

4.1

The board of a listed entity should:

(a) have an audit committee which:

(1) has at least three members, all of whom are non-

executive directors and a majority of whom are

independent directors; and

(2) is chaired by an independent director, who is not the

chair of the board,

and disclose:

(3) the charter of the committee;

(4) the relevant qualifications and experience of the

members of the committee; and

(5) in relation to each reporting period, the number of

times the committee met throughout the period and

the individual attendances of the members at those

meetings; or

(b) if it does not have an audit committee, disclose that fact

and the processes it employs that independently verify and

safeguard the integrity of its corporate reporting, including

the processes for the appointment and removal of the

external auditor and the rotation of the audit engagement

partner.

[If the entity complies with paragraph (a):]

... the fact that we have an audit committee that complies with

paragraphs (1) and (2):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and a copy of the charter of the committee:

☐ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/media/2018/PDF/B

oard/2018_06_20_Audit_and_Risk_Committee_Charter_websit

e_version.pdf


... and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5):

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2019 Annual Report – Directors’ Report

[If the entity complies with paragraph (b):]

... the fact that we do not have an audit committee and the processes

we employ that independently verify and safeguard the integrity of our

corporate reporting, including the processes for the appointment and

removal of the external auditor and the rotation of the audit

engagement partner:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


4.2

The board of a listed entity should, before it approves the entity’s

financial statements for a financial period, receive from its CEO

and CFO a declaration that, in their opinion, the financial records

of the entity have been properly maintained and that the financial

statements comply with the appropriate accounting standards

and give a true and fair view of the financial position and

performance of the entity and that the opinion has been formed

on the basis of a sound system of risk management and internal

control which is operating effectively.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 8

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


4.3

A listed entity that has an AGM should ensure that its external

auditor attends its AGM and is available to answer questions

from security holders relevant to the audit.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity that does not hold an

annual general meeting and this recommendation is therefore

not applicable


PRINCIPLE 5 – MAKE TIMELY AND BALANCED DISCLOSURE

5.1

A listed entity should:

(a) have a written policy for complying with its continuous

disclosure obligations under the Listing Rules; and

(b) disclose that policy or a summary of it.

... our continuous disclosure compliance policy or a summary of it:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Board_

Policies/Disclosure-Policy.pdf


☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


PRINCIPLE 6 – RESPECT THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS

6.1

A listed entity should provide information about itself and its

governance to investors via its website.

... information about us and our governance on our website:

☒ at

https://www.downergroup.com/corporate-governance




☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


6.2

A listed entity should design and implement an investor relations

program to facilitate effective two-way communication with

investors.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at


https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Board_

Policies/Communication-Policy.pdf

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


6.3

A listed entity should disclose the policies and processes it has in

place to facilitate and encourage participation at meetings of

security holders.

... our policies and processes for facilitating and encouraging

participation at meetings of security holders:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity that does not hold

periodic meetings of security holders and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 9

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


6.4

A listed entity should give security holders the option to receive

communications from, and send communications to, the entity

and its security registry electronically.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2019 Annual Report – Information for Investors

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


PRINCIPLE 7 – RECOGNISE AND MANAGE RISK

7.1

The board of a listed entity should:

(a) have a committee or committees to oversee risk, each of

which:

(1) has at least three members, a majority of whom are

independent directors; and

(2) is chaired by an independent director,

and disclose:

(3) the charter of the committee;

(4) the members of the committee; and

(5) as at the end of each reporting period, the number of

times the committee met throughout the period and

the individual attendances of the members at those

meetings; or

(b) if it does not have a risk committee or committees that

satisfy (a) above, disclose that fact and the processes it

employs for overseeing the entity’s risk management

framework.

[If the entity complies with paragraph (a):]

... the fact that we have a committee or committees to oversee risk

that comply with paragraphs (1) and (2):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and a copy of the charter of the committee:

☐ at


https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/media/2018/PDF/B

oard/2018_06_20_Audit_and_Risk_Committee_Charter_websit

e_version.pdf


... and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5):

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at [insert location]

Corporate Governance Statement

2019 Annual Report –Director’s Report

[If the entity complies with paragraph (b):]

... the fact that we do not have a risk committee or committees that

satisfy (a) and the processes we employ for overseeing our risk

management framework:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 10

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


7.2

The board or a committee of the board should:

(a) review the entity’s risk management framework at least

annually to satisfy itself that it continues to be sound; and

(b) disclose, in relation to each reporting period, whether such

a review has taken place.

... the fact that board or a committee of the board reviews the entity’s

risk management framework at least annually to satisfy itself that it

continues to be sound:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and that such a review has taken place in the reporting period

covered by this Appendix 4G:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


7.3

A listed entity should disclose:

(a) if it has an internal audit function, how the function is

structured and what role it performs; or

(b) if it does not have an internal audit function, that fact and

the processes it employs for evaluating and continually

improving the effectiveness of its risk management and

internal control processes.

[If the entity complies with paragraph (a):]

... how our internal audit function is structured and what role it

performs:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

[If the entity complies with paragraph (b):]

... the fact that we do not have an internal audit function and the

processes we employ for evaluating and continually improving the

effectiveness of our risk management and internal control processes:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


7.4

A listed entity should disclose whether it has any material

exposure to economic, environmental and social sustainability

risks and, if it does, how it manages or intends to manage those

risks.

... whether we have any material exposure to economic,

environmental and social sustainability risks and, if we do, how we

manage or intend to manage those risks:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at

2019 Annual Report – Review of Operations; and

2018 Sustainability report at this location:


http://sustainability.downergroup.com/assets/pdf/Online-

Sustainablility-Report_2018_DIGITAL.pdf

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 11

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


PRINCIPLE 8 – REMUNERATE FAIRLY AND RESPONSIBLY

8.1

The board of a listed entity should:

(a) have a remuneration committee which:

(1) has at least three members, a majority of whom are

independent directors; and

(2) is chaired by an independent director,

and disclose:

(3) the charter of the committee;

(4) the members of the committee; and

(5) as at the end of each reporting period, the number of

times the committee met throughout the period and

the individual attendances of the members at those

meetings; or

(b) if it does not have a remuneration committee, disclose that

fact and the processes it employs for setting the level and

composition of remuneration for directors and senior

executives and ensuring that such remuneration is

appropriate and not excessive.

[If the entity complies with paragraph (a):]

... the fact that we have a remuneration committee that complies with

paragraphs (1) and (2):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and a copy of the charter of the committee:

☐ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/pdf/Remuneration-

Committee-Charter.pdf

... and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5):

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at

Corporate Governance Statement

2019 Annual Report –Director’s Report

[If the entity complies with paragraph (b):]

... the fact that we do not have a remuneration committee and the

processes we employ for setting the level and composition of

remuneration for directors and senior executives and ensuring that

such remuneration is appropriate and not excessive:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation is

therefore not applicable

8.2

A listed entity should separately disclose its policies and

practices regarding the remuneration of non-executive directors

and the remuneration of executive directors and other senior

executives.

... separately our remuneration policies and practices regarding the

remuneration of non-executive directors and the remuneration of

executive directors and other senior executives:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2019 Annual Report – Remuneration Report

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 12

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


8.3

A listed entity which has an equity-based remuneration scheme

should:

(a) have a policy on whether participants are permitted to

enter into transactions (whether through the use of

derivatives or otherwise) which limit the economic risk of

participating in the scheme; and

(b) disclose that policy or a summary of it.

... our policy on this issue or a summary of it:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2019 Annual Report – Remuneration Report

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we do not have an equity-based remuneration scheme and this

recommendation

is therefore not applicable OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES APPLICABLE TO EXTERNALLY MANAGED LISTED ENTITIES

-

Alternative to Recommendation 1.1 for externally managed listed

entities:

The responsible entity of an externally managed listed entity

should disclose:

(a) the arrangements between the responsible entity and the

listed entity for managing the affairs of the listed entity;

(b) the role and responsibility of the board of the responsible

entity for overseeing those arrangements.


... the information referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b):

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


-

Alternative to Recommendations 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 for externally

managed listed entities:

An externally managed listed entity should clearly disclose the

terms governing the remuneration of the manager.


... the terms governing our remuneration as manager of the entity:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.

  • ERD — EROAD: A year of good progress delivers double-digit growth
    2019-05-27

    Page 3 eroad.co.nz . customers. While the projected pipeline in Australia remains strong, investment will continue to run ahead of revenue in the near to medium term. The shift to more fuel efficient and alternate fuel source vehicles is creating an increasing deficit in…”

  • FRW — Freightways Group Limited: Annual Report and Section 209c Notice
    2019-09-26

    The results discussed throughout this commentary exclude the impact of the following non-recurring items that the Directors believe should not be included when assessing underlying trading performance: • 2019: Non-recurring benefits before tax totalling $2.4 million (no t…”